Micro 6502 Journal September 1979

8/3/2019 Micro 6502 Journal September 1979

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/micro-6502-journal-september-1979 1/68

The Magazine of the APPLE. KIM. PET

and Other @l!:l(!)~ Systems

II'OB O R O $11'08

11'08 A2 Q{ ) LOUH $00 B E G I N PLOTTIMG R O U T I N EIFOA AO 02 LOUH $02

lPO ( B l 1C LOOP LOArY $7 C T RA NS PE R V ALU ES 'O R ISI I'O J:. 1 0 10 B P L P O S I Y S . Z J AHO P I , Qt ,11'10 c8 I N Y RS TO £.1. 1111, U.

I~ 11 C9 ~ 'F CIIPII! »'1' AN D PE l, QU , H,

lFn 1'005 BE Q N E O l RESP~CTlVELl , REDUCE

11'15 A~ 80 BITH LllAIH *60 VALUES FROI1 'twO

11'11 IiC 2A IF JHP STOl l BYTES TO OIl!

IFIA 01 7C N ~ G l LOUY UC

IFIC 10 F7 O P L BITHIF1~ 30 OA BHI STOR

IF20 00 05 POS! ONS THCli

11'22 C8 I N Y11'23 B I rc E .OAIY ~7C

11'25 10 0] BPE . STOR

11'27 A9 'IF TMCH LDUH $71'IF29 cs lN Y

IF2A 9S 23 STOR .'lUX ~E

1f'2C es Hil

11'2D 96 TrA

IF20: 18 CE.e

11'21' 69 O~ AOGlt! $06

Inl A S TH

11'32 C9 2C CHPIH $2C CHECK FOR END OF TRANSFER

1"311 DO 06 ON E LOOP

11'36 AS 23 L O A PE COHPIl'I'E Ell' , FE .. EX11'38 18 eLC

Plotting a

Revolution



froan RAINBOW

Ma c hi ne L a ng u ag e, i,

'cu rso r-b ased tex t ed ito r fo r 16K Apple .; • Featu res fo rm at cap ab ilitie s o f m ost tex t

editors.• All comm and s are con tro l charac te rs.• Enab les you to defin e your ow n functionc ommand s .

, Order P I E o n Casse tte : _ . . . . . . . $19.95On D isk e tte ... _ . ... _ . _ . . $24 .95

fo r 24K

• Flip back andtex t w ith ESC. ,

• Correct w rong m otes• Analyze you r pos i ionOrderSARG ON on Casse tte .... ' . $19.95

A high quality , ch alleng ing gam e for you

and th e co m pu tar.

Ord er FAST GAMMON on Casse tte _ $19.95

On D iske tte $24 .95

Call o r w rite tOday~ 'fo r your FREE App leSoftw are Catalog . e w elcom e B/A-V ISAa n d M a s te rc ha rg e. or rv , n o CO Os. P leaseadd $1.25 sh iPP ing l and hand ling . Califo r-n ia resid en ts add 6% Sales T ax .

I

W e ship p rom ptly ~n rece ip t o f your pre-p aid o rd er. Ord er d i~ ect fro m:

M ach ine lang uage p rogramfo r 16 K Ap ple .• D efine your ow n characte r se t and graph icshapes .

• Co mp le te E ng lis h u pp er/lo we r ca se ch ara c-te r s et.

• Com ple te G reek Alphabet w ith upp er/low -e r ch ara cte r se t.

• S cro ll, v ary w in do w siz e, in ve rt ch ara cte rs,sw itch b ack and forth b e tw een tw o cha r-a ct er s et s.

Or de r H i-R es C ha r. G en . o n D is ke tte $19.95

• D efin e a 3-D lu -re s s ha pe .• A nim a te w ith fu ll p er sp ec tiv e.• Includ es 3 dem o shapes.

Ord er 3-D A NIMA TION o n d isk ette .$24 .95



~~ ***** !AIM·65 *****

EXCERT~NCORPORATED

PIN

A65-1

A65-4A65-AA65-B

AIM-651 w/1 K RAM

AIM-65~W/4K RAMAssem ler ROM

BASIC ROMS

aty 1-9$375

$450$85

$100

EXCERT has concentrated on the AIM-65 tq guarantee YOU that the products we offer are fully

compatible. We know how these products work since they are used in our systems. EXCERT canhelp you get the system YOU want!

ACCESSORIESPIN

PRS1 + 5V at 5A, + 24V at 2.5A,±12V at 1A (does not fit in-side ENC1) $95

PRS2 + 5V at 5A, + 24V at 1A

(mounts inside ENC1) $50

ENC1 AIM-65 case with space for

PRS2 and MEB1 or MEB2 or

VIB1 $45

ENC2 ENC1 with PRS2 inside $100

TPT1 Approved Thermal PaperTape, 6/165' rolls $10 .

MCP1 Dual 44 pin Mother Card takes

MEB1, VIB1, PTC1 $80

MEB1 8K RAM, 8K Prom sockets,

6522 and programmer for 5VEproms (2716) $245

PTC1 Prototype card same size as

KIM-1, MEB1, VIB1 $40

VIBI Video bel with 128 char, 128

user char, up to 4K RAM, lightpen and ASCII keyboard inter-

faces $245

MCP2 Single 44 pin (KIM-4 style)

Mother Card takes MEB2,PGR2 and offers 4K RAM

sockets $119

with 4K RAM $169MEB2 16K RAM bd takes 2114's $125

with 8K RAM $225with 16K RAM $325

PGR2 Programmer for 5V Eproms

with ROM firmware, up to 8

Eproms simultaneously $195

with 4 textool skts $245

SYSTEMS

"ASSEMBLED & TES-rED"

All AIM-65 systems are self contained and have

the power supply (PRS2) mounted inside ENC1.

"STARTER" SYSTEMS

PINSB65-1 A65-1 in ENC2

SB65-4 A65-4 in ENC2

SB65-4B Same Plus BASIC

$475

$540

$640

"EXPANDED" SYSTEMS

PIN

"B" "e" "0"MEB1 MEB2 VIB1

E_65-4 A65-4, ENC2,

wlone MEB1,MEB2, or VIB1 $775 $855 $775

E_65-4B Same PIus

BASIC $875 $955 $875

Higher quantities and systems with other op-

tions quoted upon request!

Mail Check or Money Order To:

EXCERT, INCORPORATED

Attn: Laurie4434 Thomas Avenue SouthMinneapolis, Minnesota 55410

(612) 920·7792

Add $5.00 for shipping, insurance, and hand-

ling.

Minnesota residents add 4% sales tax.



faster than Q speeding m;n;Able to leap I tall m;cros;na s;ngle4K RAMBKROM

, r ' $Its more than a ba . ain, it's a real steal.

$279

Superboard, by OhioS cientific , - the computer

on a board - even

includes a key board andin te rface fo r v ideo d isplayand casse tte reco rder.

V/~-1 t \D U-1STER-rH-tRGEORDERS 4RE

80 Til 4C(EI'TED.

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ~ - - - - - - - - ~ - - - - - - - ~ - - - - - -Send me a Superboard II $279 enclosedName - ~ t___-

Payment by BAC(VISA) _MasterCharge _Address -----j-:- __

City LDmpUTE~SHOP CreditCardAccountll __ ~_~_

Boston UnionNH. CambrrdgeState Zip __ 590Comm.Ave. Rte.16B . 268NorfulkSI. Expires __

(acrossfrom6U.) 503-473-23231(nearMU) TOTAL CHARGED OR ENCLOSED _

Phone 247-0700 661-2670 All orders shipped Insured UPS unless olherwlseTequested



)

,)



CONNECTICUT mic~oCOMPUTER, Inc.

150POCONO ROAD - BROOKFlfLD, CONNECTICUT 06804

TWX : 7 10 -4 56 -0 05 2EL: (203) 775-9659

P WERM OULE

Gi~ANALOG INPUTlMOOULE

~ q : = tNALOG

MANIFOLOMOOULE

SENSORS

• TEMPERATURE

• VELOCITY

• PRESSURE

• db

• pH• ACCELERATION

• HUMIDITY

• LIGHT LEVEL

• FLUIO LEVEL

• ETC. ..

~

L :__J JGPIB (IEEE-488)INTERFACE MODULE

~TRQMOO

TRS-80 INTERFACE

ETC.MANUAL AND

OISPLAY MOOU~E BXPANOERMOOULE

DAM SYSTE~S bw effieA coaplele sysle. of oodules lq lel ~our co.puler lislen

l o l he r ea l ' wo rl d.

DAM SYSTEMS PRICE LIST

CABl.E II I~" .l n - ; ' , ' ; : ' ; ' 1 " " cc)n ne c t. C.j:st",.J. E~;;

G a ln e cl s c ", ", ,1 .i !r i nt e- ra c eI.D

A IMI6 , IW ID IS I, XPA l lf f il , etc,

f 1" 3 I~

AIM161 - Analog Input Module16 8-bll ana l05 In ,,,,l. - 100 o ic ro so rond coove r,ion llo e - 3

.lale O IJUou l - r e o oi r e. on e 8-bil """""I.i!r oot.> IJl _ l for

" ",! .r ol a nd on e 8-b ll roo r-u lo r in Hll ..... l lor dili.

CABLI~ A24 In t,e,"'c o I1rl e ct (::able $l9.(j~~

2. inc h 0;;1>1. "1L) -, ln lo rf"". c r ;,nec lc f on on . end ""d an OCOH

e oo lva le nt o n lh o ot.hor .

F' (l Wl - F' Gw ~r Mo~j~lle

Suw lie s ,._ . fo r on e AIMI6 . .00 . .1 • •

$:1.4.9~';MAND.rSj. -_ Mal1lJal an d I:ll~;2J.~~SM(:ldl.lle l O B A

Camed . be t .we .n th e A lH I6 a nd toe < "," "lo r l n1 .E l'f "" . . A llo w s

Wf l u a l o r C 1 l I f ' 4 J l e r c O 'l ir o l o f i J i@ ~nl16t ( l lSF ' lo ~ c h a r t li e l

n uo be r a nd dali.ICON - Input Connecter

F or C O".n ec lln s i f,a lO S i n" "ls t o lh o AIM I. - 20 p in Oilf'd edge

c oo ne cL or - sold er .,.,l.l s.GPIB MOD - GPIB (ILEE-488J Interface

Allow. lh o DAIISYSTEJISIIOIU.£S to be used " 1 L )- , lh o GPIB bu.

lnslead o f a C1W \Jler 's o the r 1i0 ear l s .D e O N - O l J LP l J t. C()r'neclot~

Fo r " ", m e c li n s U - . . AIMI . to a " "" "" I.e < - 2 0 P l O c ar d edge

c oo ne cL or - s old er .... l.l".

MANM()[ll _. Manif~Jld M () d l i l e

I J 5 e in pIn of ! c t : W . Screw le or llin al b ar rIe r ; lr ·ip s f or

cmn~L ino : a ..icH;ild.;, f oO le nt ..i ~le f- s, 0 .r 01 l~ s oo r~ J ~lc.

El i. lnales lh o n eed for 'Old erlOS. P lu gs in lo lh o AIMI6 .

RS232 MO[1 - RS232 Ir)terf~~(~e M(:ldll,le

All"", lh o DAIISYSTEI tSI ' IJ IU.£S to be u se d " lt h a n [ ,S -23 2 "" ,- l

o r l or ol na l.

XF'ANDRl E>,pander' ModuleA ll""" .. to 128 8-b il ""a l05 In ,,,,ls (8 ~ IM I6 IIo du le s) to be

c oo ne cle d L D on e ' ! I S leo.

rBA

ANAMANl - AI')alo~ MaI1i'fol.d Mc)dl,Jte 'l"B A

I J s o in ,I..,. o f Im N . C on ne cls D AIIS YST £J1 SSEHS(l':S to lh o AIMI6

w i U 'n l L SO ld e r lO ! t - Sii'tSOl' c so le s .i ls i r -lu s iii. P l u g; s i n to t . h e

A IMI 6 o r lh o KAHIIOOI.

SENSOR!:)

S e n s. ar s f e r l .e a f. e. ra tu r er H'~sure, flow, l'1I.idiL~, l ev eb pft,

IIOliOfh ele.

TBA DAM SYS1"EMS sets

CUMPUTER INTERFACESFo r lh o f '£ h K IM , T It S- BO , ..1.0. U se i n .I oc o o f O CII N. E Ii .i n. le s

lh o n ee d f lJ' s old .f ln S o r S >l !C la l C OO S! .r uc tlo n.

Tr<A

AIM161 SLarLer SeL 1In clu de s o ne A IIU .I, o n> 1'( Ij1, o n. IC lJj a nd o n. m.

'liHl9.00

AIM161 SLarLer SeL 2In clu de s o n. A J" lI.l, o n. 1 '( Ij1 o o n. IW fIO JJI iIld o r,. O CD H.

PETMOD - PET InLerface ModuleGiv es tw I E EE . .. .. l s, on e u se r I'I II 'l a nd o n. D A IIS Y ST E M S

i n lo r fi iCO . .. .. t. s . . . . . . w ea r a nd lear on lh o f '£ T '. f or in le d

c ir cu i l b oa rd . A ls o c alle d lh o P £ T S A ' A l .

$49.95PETS!'::T1a

In clu de s o n. PHIl)!" on . C A I I l . £ 1 12 ., o n. A IM I .I, o n. F 'O W !a nd

lIIe IWKIO!.

KIMMOI! - KIM InLerfac~ ModlJle

G iv es o n. _ lic alio n c on ne cL or I'III'l a nd < r,o D AIIS YS TE IISi r l le r f i iCO ea r l .

kIMSETlaI nc lu de s o n. K IIV llO , o n. C A I I l . £ 112., on e A IM !.I, o n. f1 JII a nd

o n e iW If OD l .



Plotting a Revolution

John Sherburne

206 Goddard

White Sands Missile Range, NM 880102

An assembly language plotting routine thatis callable from BASIC will simplify andspeed up the high resolution plotting process.

What does fomenting rebellion haveto do with microcomputing? Plotting a

revolution refers to the creation of three

dimensional figures, called solids of

revolution, that are formed by rotating a

two dimensional figure about an axis to

form a solid.

Solids of revolution can be generated

and displayed, under BASIC, by using a

fast, general purpose assembly langu-

age plotting routine and a technique

that allows the assembly language

routine to access BASIC variables. The

plotting routine and the BASIC langu-

age interface are building blocks used to

construct a generalized program to

display solids of revolution.

Plotting Routine

The purpose of the assembly lanqu-

age plotting routine is to simplify and

speed up the high resolution plotting

process. It also allows the operator to

choose any point as the center and plot

coordinates relative to that center, and it

allows the option of plotting with a 45

degree perspective. To accomplish all

this, six parameters must be passed

from BASIC: P%, Q%, R%, X%, Y% and

Z%.

P% and Q% are the screen location

for the center of the plot. The screencontains 80 x 50 plot positions so

P% '" 40 and Q% '" 25 would plot

relative to the center of the screen.

I

R% specifies the type of plot. If the

zero bit of R% is set (R% is odd), the plot

is displayed as though viewed straight

on. If R% is even, the plot is at a 45

degree perspective to the viewer's right.

If the one bit of R% is not set, the plot-

ting routine will plot over any non-plot

September, 1979

LIST~I~ : a ~Y ~ ~ : ~ ~X ~ ~·1I~ P R IN~ irL:;lI'

~ I Y ~ ~ ~I=-24 TO 17 STEP 21 Zx=21+6:ZT=2I/5

; 1 FOR X1=-48 TO 48; 28 XX=XI :XT=XI.2 ..../S8: 88 YT=(COS(XHZT> +COS(XT»'3: 58 IF YS<YT GOTO 364:68 Y1=YT: Y2=YS: 62 GOTO 378:64 Y1=YS: Y2=YT:78

FOR YI=Y2 TO Y1 STEP -1: a8 YYo=YI

: I I 5YS(7944): N I X T YI·4 Y -YT

~i N XT XI

·I'i.~ Y~ ~TG~: IF U-"" GOTO 578

Figure 1: Two sine waves of different frequencies.

MICRO - The 6502 Journal 16;:5



characters on the screen and erase

them. If the one bit is set, non-plotcharacters on the screen will not be

erased. The other bits of R% are ig-

nored.

X%, Y% and Z% are the coordinates

of the point to be plotted. TheX axis is

horizontal, the Y axis is vertical and the

Z axis is either vertical or at a 45degree

angle, depending on R%.

Themost complex problem inmakingthree dimensional plots is to draw only

lines which are visible and to eliminate

lines hidden to the viewer. The plotting

routine can perform hidden line elimina-tion automatically for one type of figure;

afigure which can beimagined as anob-ject covered by a very large, tight fitting

sheet. More precisely, the figure musthavea single Yvalue for each (X,Z)value

pair, and thebottom of the figure will be

hidden from view.

If such a figure is plotted, startingwith the lowest value of Z and progress-

ing inorder to the highest valueof Z, the

~i~ : f 9 Y ~ ~ ; l J ~ ~ I - ·. . . > < R : ~5"": XP·35

~

YR-: YP-1...zr-XR/ZP:XF·XR/XP:YF·YP/YRPR INT "L;I"

11~ ~~R2T~~z~XO~02~~~pQ~6TO 568139 2T=2 UXP/ZP149 2x=ZI159 "'5=-29299 XL=INT(.'+SQR(XP.XP-ZT'ZT»

~

19 FOR XI=-XL TO XL

2 1 XT=5QR(XI.XI+ZT.ZT)3 XT=XUXF.. X~-Xt39 YT-5 N(XT)'YF3 8 1 Y'IX-Y :5Y5 (7944)

48 Y-Y41 N XT ~I~~ ~ ~T Gt: IF U-"" GOTO 578

Figure 2: Sine wave rotated about the Y axis.

M IC RO -WA RE A SS EM BL ER 6 5XX-1. 0

1F081F08

1F08

1F08

1F081F08

1F08

1F081F08

1F08

1F08

1F08

1F08

1F08

1F08

1F08

lF08

lF08 A2 00

1FOA AO 02

1FOC B 1 1C

1FOE 10 10

1F10 C8lF11 C9 FF

1F13 FO 051F15 A9 80

1Fl1 4C 2A IF

1F1A B1 1C1F1C 10 F7

1F1E 30 OA

1F20 DO 05

1F22 C8

1F23 B1 1C1F25 10 03

lF21 A9 1F1F29 C8

lF2A 95 23lF2C E8

1F2D 98

1F2E 18

1F2F 69 06

lF31 A8

lF32 C9 2C1F34 DO D6

lF36 A5 23

lF38 18

lF39 65 26

1F3B 10 08

1F3D 46 25

1F3F BO 061F41 65 281F43 50 02

lF45 A9 1F

1F41 85 541F49 18

lF4A A5 24

1F4C 65 281F4E 10 05

1F50 38

lF51 E5 211F53 50 02

•• PL OT TI NG A R EV OL UT IO N

• M OD I FI E D 1-11-19 B Y MI CRO STAFF

•• PAGE ZERO VARIABLES FOR V ER IFI CA TI ON R OU TI NE :

SUT • $0023VFLAG • $0024

VARY • $0025

• PAGE ZERO VARI AB LES FOR PLOT TI NG ROUT INE:

PE • $0023QU • $0024

AR • $0025

EX • $0026Wy • $0021

ZE • $0028

EXPP • $0051

WYPP • $0052

RH I • $0053

EXP • $0054Wy p • $0055

CHAR • $0056

FLAG • $0051

LOOP

ORG

LDXIM

LDYIM

LDAIY

BPL

INY

CMPIM

BEQ

LDAIM

$IF08

$0 0

$0 2

$1 C

POSI

TRANSFER VALUES FOR X%

Y%, Z% AND PJ, QJ,

RJ TO EX, WY, ZE,AND PE, QU, AR,

RE SPE CT IVE LY. RE DUCE

VALUES FROM TWO

BYTES TO ONE

B EGI N PLOT TI NG ROUT INE

BITR

$F F

NEGI

$8 0STOR

$1 CBITR

JM P

NEGI LDAIYBPL

BMI STOR

POSI BNE TMCH

INY

LDAIY $1CBPL STOR

TMCH LDAIM $1FINY

STOR STAX PE

INX

TYA

CL C

ADCIM $06

TAY

CMPIM $2C CHECK FOR END OF TRANSFERBNE LOOP

LDA PE COMPUTE EXP = PE + EX

CL C

ADC EX

BVS OFLO

LSR AR CHECK AR, IF ODD 90 DEGREE

BCS CLER PLOT, IF EVEN 45 DEGREES.ADC ZE IF 45, ADD AR TO EXPBVC CLER

OFLO LDAIM $1F SET TO 1F ON OVERFLOW

CLER STA EXPCL C

LDA QU COMPUTE WYP = WY + QU

ADC ZEBVS OVRF

SEC

SBC WYBVC OKEY

16:6 MICRO - The 8502 Journal September, 1979



F55 A9 7F OVRF

F57 85 55 OKEY

F59 A9 00

F5B 85 57

F5D 85 53 MAI N

F5F 85 56

F61 A5 5~

F63 85 51

F65 30 04

F67 C9 50

F69 90 01

F6B 60 COUT

F6C A5 55 YCH KF6E 85 52

F 7 O - 30 7B

F72 C9 32F7~ B O F5

F76 ~6 51 GOON

F78 90 02

F7A E6 56F7C 46 52 XQUAD

F7E 90 04

F80 E6 56

F82 E6 56

F84 A9 01 YQUAD

F86 A4 56 ROND

F88 FO 06

F8A OA

F8B C6 56

F8D 4C 86 IFF90 85 56 ROUT

F92 06 52

F94 06 52

F96 06 52

F98 A5 52

F9A 06 52

F9C 26 53

F9E 06 52

FAO 26 53

lFA2 65. 5 2

FA4 85 52

lFA6 A5 53

lFA8 69 00

lFAA 85 53

lFAC A5 52

lFAE 65 51

lFB O 85 52

lFB 2 90 02

1 B 4 E6 53

1 B 6 18

1 B 7 A9 80

lFB 9 65 53lFB S 85 53

lFB D AO 10

1 B F A2 00

lC1A152

1 C3 88

1 C4 D9 B 3 lE

1 C 7 FO OB

C9 CO 00

CB DO F6

1 CD A6 25

1 CF FO 03

Dl 4C E D I F

D4 A5 57

1 D6 FO OC

D8 A5 56

DA 49 OF

DC 85 56

DE 98

1 DF 25 56

1 El 4C E7 I F

1 E4 98

1 E5 05 56

1 7 A8

hidden line problem will be simplifiedgreatly. Infact, it becomesonly amatterof printing the value of Y for each (X,Z)and eliminating all. previously plottedlower values of Y. The plotting routineaccomplishes this process by simplyerasing all points below the currently

plotted point.

Besides having to plot all points in in-

creasing order of Z, the procedure re-quires that, for a given value of Z, an

(X,Y) be computed for each feasiblevalue of X. Otherwise gaps in the plotmight leavenon-visible points unerased.This process canbeimagined as cutting

the figure into slices parallel to the XYplaneand then stacking the slices up inZ valueorder to reconstitute the figure.

If the hidden line function is notwanted, it can be turned off with thestatement "POKE 8181,96". This willcause the routine to plot a point at X%,

Y%, Z% without erasing lower points.Of courseif Z% is held constant at zero,the routine is equivalent toatwo dimen-sional plotting function.

Figure 3: The problem has

drawing a line between

eliminating the gaps.

been corrected by

plot points and

September, 1979 M rC RO -~. 8502 Joumal

PLUS

NOVR

AGIN

LDAI M $7FST A WYP

LDAI M $00

ST A FLAG

ST A RH I

ST A CH AR

LDA EXP

ST A EXPP

B MI COUT

CMPI M $50

B CC YCH K

RT S

LDA WYPST A WYPP

B MI RT RN

CMPI M $32B CS COUT

LSR EXPP

B CC XQUAD

I NC CH AR

LSR WYPP

B CC YQUAD

I NC CH AR

I NC CH AR

LDAI M $01

LDY CH ARB EQ ROUT

ASLA

DEC CH AR

JMP RONDST A CH AR

ASL WYPP

ASL WYPP

ASL WYPPLDA WYPP

ASL WYPP

ROL RHI

ASL WYPP

ROL RHI

ADC WYPP

ST A WYPP

LDA RH I

ADCI M $00

ST A RHI

LDA WYPP

ADC EXPP

ST A WYPP

B CC PLUS

I NC RH I

CLC

LDAI M $80

ADC RH I

ST A RH I

LDYI M $10

LDXI M $00

L DA IX WYPP

DEY

CMPY T AB LEB EQ NOVR

CPYI M $00

B NE AGI N

LDX AR

B EQ NOVR

JMP RT RNLDA FLAG

B EQ SET R

LDA CH AR

EORI M $OF

ST A CH AR

T'iAAND CH AR

JMP PLOT

T YAORA CHAR

T AY

SETR

pun

SET T O 7F ON OVERFLOW

SET FLAG FOR FI RST I T ERAT I ON

B EGI N PLOT

CH ECK FOR EXP GREAT ER

T H AN ZERO, LESS T H AN 80

CH ECK FOR WYP GREAT ER

T H AN ZERO, LESS T H AN 50

DI VI DE EXP AND WYP BY ;~

COMPUT E QUADRANT OF

PLOT POI NT WI T H I N T H E

S CR EE N P OS IT IO N

SET B I T I N CH AR CORRESPONDI NG

T O Q UA DR AN T

OF PLOT POI NT

T RANSLATE RELAT IVE COORD

OF PLOT POI NT T O

SCREEN LOCAT I ON FOR

POI NT . X + 40 • Y

FI ND CH ARACT ER ALREADY

AT SCREEN LOCAT ION

IF CH ARACT ER NOT I N T AB LE,

CH ECK AR FOR OVERWRI T E

I NDI CAT OR (2ND B I T)FI RS T I TE RA TI ON ?

IF NOT FI RST I T ERAT I ON,

B LANK OUT CH ARACT ER ON SCREEN

I F FI RST I TERAT ION,PR IN T N EW C HA RA CT ER

16:7



If'E!B89 83 lElFEB 81 52

lFED A9 FF RTRN

lFEF 85 51

lFFl E6 55

lFF3 A9 00

lFF5 4C 5D IF

lEB3

lEB3 20 TABLE

lEB4 1E

lEB5 1C

lEB6 EC

lEB1 1BlEBS 61

2000 2114

AR 0025 BI TR lF15 CH AR 0056

CLER lF47 COUT lF6B END lF02

EXPP 0051 EXP 0054 FLAG 0051

IFACE lEC3 INI T lECE LOOP lFOC

NEGI lF1A NOVR lFD4 OFLO lF45

OVRF lF55 PE 0023 PLOT lFE1

POSI lF20 QU 0024 RH I 0053

ROUT lF90 RPET lEEC RTRN lFED

STAT 0023 STOR lF2A TAB LE lEB3

rl9Ure 4: TIle solid formed by ro,.,lng Y = 15 expAR Y 0025 VFLAG 0024 WY 0027

WYP 0055 XQUAD lF1C YCHK lF6C

ZE 0028 - Xl3) about the Y axis,

MICRO - The 8sf Journal September. 1979

lEB9 FF

lEBA BC

lEBB 6C

lESC 1FlEBD El

lEBE FB

lEBF 62

I ECO FClECl FE

lEC2 AO

lEC3 A9 CF

lEC5 85 25

lEC1 AO 01

lEC9 84 24lECB 88

lECC 84 23lECE E6 25

lEDO 18

lEDl 26 24

lED3 B l 1ClED5 C5 25

lsp1 FO 06

lED9 A5 24

lEDB 05 23

lEDD 85 23

lEDF C8

lEEO B l 1C

lEE2 C9 80

lEE4 FO 06

lEE6 A5 24

lEE8 05 23

lEEA 85 23

lEEC 98lEED 18

lEEE 69 06lEFO A8

lEFl C9 2A

lEF3 FO OD

lEF5 C9 15

lEF1 DO D5

lEF9 A5 25lEFB 69 04

lEFD 85 25lEFF 4C CE lE

lF02 A5 23

lF04 8D OC 02

lF07 60

SYM BOL T AB LE

AGIN lFC3CHEK lEDF

EX 0026

GOON lF16

MAI N lF5D

OKEY lF51PLUS lFB 6

ROND lF86

SET R lFE4TMCH lF21

WYPP 0052

YQUAD lF84

16:8

LDAY T ABLE

ST AIX WYPP

LDAIM $FF

ST A FLAG

INC WYP

LDAIM $00

JMP MAIN

ORG $lEB3

$2 0

$1 E

$1 C

$E C

$1 B$6 1

$PF

$E C

$6 C

= $1 F

= $[1

$F S

= $6 2$F C

$F E

$A O

IFACE LDAIM $CF

STA VARY

LDYI M $01

STY VFLAG

DE Y

STY ST ATI NIT I NC VARY

CL C

ROL VFLAG

LDAI Y $1CCMP VARY

BEQ CHEK

LDA VFLAG

ORA ST AT

STA ST AT

CH EK INY

LDAI Y $1C

CMPU\ $80

BEQ RPET

LDA VFLAG

ORA ST AT

STA ST AT

RPE! TYACL C

ADCIM $06TAY

CMPIM $2A

BEQ END

CMPIM $15

BNE I NIT

LDA VARY

ADCIM $04

STA VARY

JMP INIT

END LDA ST AT

STA $020C

RT S

I

I

SET FLAG TO NEXT ITERATI O~INCREMENT POINT FOR ERASI G

AREA BELOW POINT

B EGI N VER IFI CAT ION fiO UT INf

LOAD CONT ENT OF WORKING

STORAGE AREA

C OM PA RE V AR IA BL E· NA ME

FI RS T C HA RA CT ER

I F CH ARAC TER I NCOR RECT

UPDATE ST AT

S EC ON D C HA RA CT ER

IF CH ARACTER INCORRECT

UPDATE ST AT

MORE TO NEXT VARIABLE

CH ECK FOR END OF LOOP

BEGIN ROUTI NE TO SKIP

FROM UTO XJ

ST ORE STAT IN ST ATUS

The routine is written to reside in theupper portion of 8K RAM. Under mostcircumstances, this area is not used un-til the BASIC program employing the

routine gets too large. If the BASICpro-gram requires certain string manipula-tions, however, PETmay use high RAM

for string working area and clobber the

plotting routine. For example, the se-quence A$ = "123" : B% = "456":

C$ = A% + B$ will cause C$ to bestored inhigh RAMand destroy theplot-ting routine.

The routine is designed to be savedUSing the PET Machine LanguageMonitor. The routine is first entered inmemoryusing themonitor and then sav-ed with "8,01,PLOnER, 1E53,1FF8".Once saved, the routine can be loadedas would anyother program, with LOAD"PLOnER". The BASIC program usingthe routine can then be loaded in thenormal manner. ! A



~i

x-042: Qx-17 :R~-eXx-e "' X-e :Z "-8ZP-104

. . . X R - . . .X P -3 e."R-1 5:VP- 7

~ ZF-XR/Zp:Xr.XR/XP:VF-VP/VR~ PR INT "~"1 8 FOR ZI=-QX TO (49-QX)118 IF ZI<-ZP OR ZI>ZP GOTO 569138 ZT=ZI.XP/ZP148 Zx=ZI1S8 VS=-YP288 XL=INTC.S+SQReXP.XP-ZT.ZT»218 FOP X:=-XL TO XL

~

28 XT=SQprxr.XI+ZT.ZT)3 X T = < ~ " " : - : -.. xx:;reH

yi=.StCOS(3.XT)+COS(XT».YF

IS H IF Y5,<YT GOTO 364

68 Y1..YT: YI"YS2 GOTf) 31

~4 Y1=VC' Y -YT

Figure 5: The solid formed by rotating Y = 1/2cos(3X) + cos(X) about the Yaxis.

Since the assembly language routinerequires that the six parameters bepass-edfrom BASIC, the USRfunction with itssingle parameter argument cannot beused. POKE will not work, either, be-cause it will not accept negative values.The method I used to overcome this pro-blem was to have the assembly langu-

age routine access the BASIC workingarea to obtain the required parameters.

Float ing point variables are stored innormalized form, while lnteqer variablesare stored as two-byte signed numbers.The address of tllle startlnq byte of thevariable storage area is stored in loca-tion $7C. For simplicity, the plottingroutine assumes that the six requiredparameters-P%, Q%, R%, X%, Y%,and Z% -are the first six variables inthe program and are in that order.

BASIC Interface

After the run command is given, PETBASIC takes each variable in the order itis encountered and creates a workingstorage area for it following the lastBASIC statement. For non-subscriptedvariables the working storage is sevenbytes long. The first two bytes are thevariable name and the next five are thecurrent value.

To insure that all the requiredvariables are in ti lle proper place and inthe proper sequence, the assemblylanguage prograrin includes a verifica-tion routine starting at location $1EC3.This routine is caUed with the statement"SYS (7875)" and checks for thepresence and correct sequence of eachparameter. The results of the checks arestored in the PE T status word at location$020C.

September, 1979 MICRO - The 8502 ,Journal

If the value of the status word, 5T, iszero, all variables were located. If one ofthe variables is not located, the cor-responding bit of ST will be set. For ex-ample, ST = 6 would mean bits 1 and 2are set and thus that P% and Q% werenot found. Bit zero is not used. A typicalsequence to establish and verify theBASIC routine would be:

The important point is that the sixplotting variables must be the first six

variables mentioned in the program, andthey must be in the required sequence.Normally, the verification routine will on-ly be used for diagnostic purposes. Theplotting routine itself is entered with thestatement "SYS (7944)".

BASIC ProgramsThe plotting routine described above

can be used for any three dimensionalplot that satisfies the requirements ofbeing single valued in Y and having onlythe upper surface visible. For example,Figure 1 is a graph showing the effectsof combining two sine waves of differentfrquencies. The difference in frequencyis a function of Z; Y is amplitude and X is

time.

Figure 2 is a solid of revolution formedby rotating a sine wave about the Yaxls.The program is written a generalized for-mat, and any function can be used inline 300 as the function generating theSolid.

The scale and perspective of thefigure are determined in lines 30 thru 50.XR is the actual maximum value that Xcan take, while - XR is the minimum. XPis the number of plot points that thedistance XR wil l cover. For Figure 2, theXvalue runs from -1.5 pi to 1.5pi and isplotted from - 35 to 35. Changing XPchanges the width of the plotted f igure.

Similarly, the actual range of Y is YR,and YP is the plotted range of Y. Chang-ing YP changes the heighth of the plot-ted figure. The Xl cross section of thefigure is circular so the actual range of Zis the same as X - XR. However, theplotted range of Z - ZP depends uponperspective.

The larger ZP, the greater the ap-parent depth of the figure and the higherthe apparent posi tion of the viewer. Thevalue Y5 in line 150 represents thelowest plotted value of Y or the base of

the figure_

A potential problem with the programis that while each point in the Xdirectionis plotted, not every point in the Y direc-tion is. Thus for Z = 0, two consecutiveplot points might be (X1 = 3, Y1 = 12)and (X2 = 4, Y2 = 9)_While X1 and X2are adjacent, Y1 and Y2 are not. The pro-blem of such gaps is esthetically moresevere with some figures than others,

16:9



InFigure3, the problem has beencor-

ected by drawing a line between plot

points and eliminating the gaps_ The

program for Figure 3 is the same as for

Figure2except that thesection between

lines 300and 400has beenmodified.

Figure4 is a plot of the solid formedby revolving Y = 15e- x/3 about the Y

axis. The program is the same as forFigure 3 except that line 300 contains

the new function, line 150 is changed,and lines 10-50contain the new center

and scaling factors. Figure 5 is the solid

of revolution of Y = V2cos(3x)+ cos(x)about the Y axis. The program is thesame as that of Figures 3 and 4 except

for lines 10-50,150,and 300.

The process of rotating the plane

figure toobtain asolid of revolution is il-

lustrated in Figures 5 and 6_As describ-

ed before, the plot for agiven value of Z

is equivalent to a vertical slice throughthe solid parallel to the Xaxis. Figures 5

and 6 represent views of a solid form

aboveand thedotted line is'thepath of a

vertical slice.

The maximum radius of the solid is

XT.Theapparent distance of a point onthe circle from the circle's center (view-

:

Figure 7 : 1 View of a solid form above illustrating

the prob/~m of computing the Y value for each X

val us. !

Figure 6: View of a solid irom-ebove. The d 4 ttedline ;s the path of a vertical slice. '

16:10 MICRO - Th86f2 Journul

ed straight on) is XL. XL is computed inline 200 of the programs for Figures 2

through 5.

Thenext step is to find the Yvalue foreach paint on the dotted line between

- XLand XL_TheFORloop in line210in-

sures that each possible Xvalue is used.The process of computing the Y value

for each X value is larg€ly the reverseofthe process described above and is il-

lustrated in Figure 6.

Viewed from the top, the contours of

thesolid torrn.concentrlc circles, That is,the Y value of every point at a given

distance from the center is the same.For 'a point along the dotted line at an

apparent distance XI from the center,the Y value will be the same as for a

point where the inner circle crosses theZ = o tlne.

Thedistance of either point 'from the

center is the square root of(X12+ ZT2)-Thecalculation is perform-

ed in line 220and the resultant distance

is used to compute the Y value in line300. The plotting function is called in

line 380 and uses whatever values of

X%, Y% and Z% arethen current.

Septemper, 1979



An AIM·65 Notepad

A few short. assembly language routines implement anotepad and provide the basis for versatile output to theAIM·65 display. These techniques overcom a variety ofcommon output difficulties. '

Doyou want to learn how to use the

20-character AiM 65 display? This short

article describes several assembly

language subroutines that may beused

to display input/output information. The

entire program functions as a novel

"notepad" that jnay be used to leave a

message for someone else or for your-self. However, its primary utility will lie

in the applications that you designwhich usethe AIM 65 display. The pro-

gram listing is given, and its description

follows.

We will begin by describing some of

the features of the notepad program,and then return to adescription of some

of the subroutines that you might wantto duplicate in your assembly language

programs. Thenotepad program allows

theoperator to enter amessagecontain-

ing from oneto 256ASCII characters (in-cluding spaces) into locations $0200to

$02FFof the AIM65's memory space.

While entering the message, the

characters typed on the keyboard are

displayed on the 20-character display.

Themessage enters the right-hand side

of the display, and it is scrolled to theleft. If an error is made, the DEL key

allows the entire message to be back-spaced, and a new character or set of

characters may beentered.

Oncethe desired message is entered,

the RETURNkey starts themessagecir-

culating from right to left onthe display.

It circulates at a ratethat makes it easyto read. If more than one space (ASCII

value = $20) is encountered, the spaceis not displayed. Thus, a message that

contains less than 256 characters does

not take a noticeable amount of time to

display "empty" locations.

You can leave a message to yourselfsuch as "CALL SAMTONIGHT", or you

can remind your wife to "BE SURETO

LET ROVER OUT WHEN YOU GET

HOME." Of course there aremuch less

expensive ways to do this than by pur-chasing AIM 65, and it is doubtful

whether this notepad program will pro-

vide sufficient justification to convinceyour spouse that you ought to have a

computer. The program is more of anovelty that rnlqht beuseful as anadver-

September, 1979

tising gimmick, itl you are selling AIM65s, or to impress your friends.

i

On the other h nd, the subroutines

could beuseful ina largevariety of pro-

grams. I use seveat of the subroutines

in my Morse code program for the AIM65 (available fro me for $3.50). The

subroutines might beuseful incomputer

assisted instructi n programs that re-

quire interaction f the computer with

the operator. Or t ey might beuseful in

testing reading and comprehension

speed in certain sychological tests of

perception and co nition.

The read/write (RAM) memory loca-

tions from $A43 to $A43B, memorylocations which a e available on anoff-

the-shelf AIM 65, are used to store the

ASCII characters to be displayed. We

call these locatio s the display buffer.These20 location are filled with ASCII

spaces by the subroutine CLEAR star-

ting at address $ 3AO.Subroutine DIS-PLAY, starting at address $0360,

transfers the AS II characters in thedisplay buffer to he AIM 65 display. Itdoes this bymaki g useof a subroutine

in theAIM65montor called OUTDD1tht

is located at $EF B.

Subroutine OU 001 in the AIM 65ROMis very usef I in working with the20-character displ y. Thecontent of the

X register addres es the display in the

sense that X = $00 is the leftmostcharacter on the display, and X = $13(19) is the right- ost character on thedisplay.

Theaccumulat r, A, must contain the

ASCII representation of the character to

be displayed beore the jump to the

OUTDD1 subrout ne is made. The ac-

cumulator must a sobeORAedwith $80

before the subro tine call, or the cursorwill bedisplayed. With the accumulatorproperly loaded a d theappropriate "ad-

dress' in the X egister, a subroutinejump to OUTD 1 will display the

character.

A jump to S!broutine CLEAR, at$03AO,followed b a jump to subroutineDISPLAY will cle r the display. To putsome informatio in the display and

scroll it to the Iet, subroutine MODIFY(starting at add ess $0372) is used.

MICRO - ,",8 8502 Journal

Dr.Marvin L . DeJong

Department of Mathematics and PhysicsTheSchool of the Ozarks

Point Lookout, MO65726

Subroutine MODIFYstores the contents

of the accumulator in location $A44C.

Then it proceeds to shift thecontents of$A439to $A438,$A43Ato $A439,and so

on until it finishes by shifting the con-

tents of location $A44Cto $A44B.

Once the display buffer is properly

modified by subroutine MODIFY,then asubroutine call to DISPLAY will cause

thedown-shifted ASCIIcharacters inthedisplay buffer to appear as left·shifted

characters on theAIM65display.

The sequence of events, starting at

the beginning of the mainprogram, is asfollows: First, the display buffer is

cleared by subroutine CLEAR. Themessage buffer from $0200to $02FF is

cleared (loaded with ASCII spaces).

Next, an AIM 65 monitor subroutine,READ, is called to get a character from

the keyboard. As long as no key is

depressed, the monitor stays in this

subroutine. Akeydepression results ina

return to the main program with theASCII representation of the character In

the accumulator. Thecontents of the ac-

cumulator are transferred to themessagebuffer, using Y as an index forthe buffer's base address of $0200,

unless it is the ASCII character for RE-TURN, DEL,or the F1key.

The F1 key starts the entire program

over. The DEL key removes the lastcharacter from the message buffer, and

it backspaces (scrolls right) the displaybuffer and the display itself. The RE-

TURN key starts the message, and thiskey should be pressed only when the

desired messagehas beenplaced inthe

messagebuffer.

If a character is placed in the

messagebuffer, then it is alsodisplayedby calling subroutines MODIFYand DIS-

PLAY in succession. If the messagebuf-fer is filled, or if the RETURN key is

pressed, then the program will proceed

to scroll the entire messageacross the

display.

The message is displayed by getting

characters from the message buffer,starting with location $0200, and thencalling subroutines MODIFY and DIS-

PLAY in succession. A time delay is in-

16:11



0010: 0520 : 0362 8A TXA

0020: * M AI N PROGRA M 0530 : 0363 48 PH A

0030: 0540: 0364 B D 38 A4 LDAX $A438

0040: 0300 ORG $0300 0550: 0367 09 80 ORAI M $80

0050: 0300 20 AO 03 JSR $03AO 0560: 0369 20 7B EF JSR $EF7B

0060: 0303 AO 00 LDYI M $00 0570: 036C 68 PLA

0070: 0305 84 00 STY $00 0580: 036D AAT AX

0080: 0307 A9 20 LDAI M $20 0590 : 036E CA DEX

0090: 0309 99 00 02 ST AY $0200 0600: 036F 10 Fl BPL $0362

0100: 030C C8 I NY 0610: 0371 60 RT S

0110: 030D DO FA B NE $0309 0620:

0120: 030F 20 3C E9 JSR $E93C 0630: * M OD IFY S UB RO UT IN E

0130: 0312 C9 OD CMPI M $OD 0640:

0140: 0314 FO 1C BEQ $0332 0650, 0372 8D 4C A4 ST A $A44C

0150: 0316 C9 5B CMPI M $5B 0660 0375 A2 01 LDXI M $01

0160: 0318 FO E6 B EQ $0300 0670 0377 B D 38 A4 LDAX $A438

0170: 031A C9 7F CMPI M $7F 0680 037A CA DEX

0180: 031C DO 06 B NE $0324 0690: 037B 9D 38 A4 ST AX $A438

0190: 031E A9 20 LDAI M $20 0700: 037E E8 I NX

0200: 0320 88 DEY 0710: 037F E8 I NX0210: 0321 20 85 03 JSR $0385 0720: 0380 EO 55 CPXIM $15

0220: 0324 99 00 02 ST AY $0200 0730: 0382 90 F3 BCC $0377

0230: 0327 B O E6 B CS $030F 0740: 0384 60 RTS

0240: 0329 20 72 03 JSR $0372 0750:

0250: 032C 20 60 03 JSR $0360 0760: * B ACKSPACE SUBR

0260: 032F c8 I NY 0770:

0270: 0330 DO DD B NE $030F 0780: 0385 A2 12 LDXI M $12

0280: 0332 AO 00 LDYI M $00 0790: 0387 B D 38 A4 LDAX $A438

0290: 0334 B9 00 02 LDAY $0200 0800: 038A E8 I NX

0300: 0337 C9 20 CMPI M $20 0810: 038B 9D 38 A4 ST AX $A438

0310: 0339 DO 08 B NE $0343 0820: 038E CA DEX

0320: 033B A5 00 LDA $00 0830: 038F CA DEX

0330: 033D DO lB B NE $035A 0840: 0390 10 F5 BPL $0387

0340: 033F E6 00 I NC $00 0850: 0392 98 TYA

0350: 0341 DO 07 B NE $034A 0860: 0393 E9 14 SBCI M $14

0360: 0343 A9 00 LDAI M $00 0870: 0395 AA T AX

0370: 0345 85 00 ST A $00 0880: 0396 B D 00 02 LDAX $0200

0380: 0347 B9 00 02 LDAY $0200 0890: 0399 8D 38 A4 ST A $A438

0390: 034A 20 72 03 JSR $0372 0900: 039C 20 60 03 JSR $0360

0400: 034D 20 60 03 JSR $0360 0910: 039F 60 RT S

0410: 0350 A9 FF LDAI M $FF i 0920:

0420: 0352 8D 97 A4 ST A $A497 0930: * C LE AR S UB RO UT IN E

0430: 0355 2C 97 A4 EI T $A497 0940:

0440: 0358 10 FB BPL $0355 0950: 03AO A2 13 LDXI M $13

0450: 035A C8 I NY 0960: 03A2 A9 20 LDAI M $200460: 035B 18 CLC 0970 : 03A4 9D 38 A4 ST AX $A438

0470: 035C 90 D6 BCC $0334 0980: 03A7 CA DEX

0480: 0990: 03A8 10 FA BPL $03A4

0490: * D IS PL AY S UB RO UT IN E 10 00 : 03AA 60 RT S

0500: I D=

0501 : 0360 ORG $03600510: 0360 A2 13 LDXI M $13

i

!

16:12

~

MICRO - The ~502 J ou rr 8 1 September, 1979



serted ($FF is loated into the divide-

by-1024 counter on the 6532 chip) unless

more than one space occurs in succes-

sion. In that case, the subroutines and

the time delay are not used at all, and

the program keeps searching through

the message buffer until it finds another

non-space ASCII character, in which

case subroutines MODIFY and DISPLAY

are called aqain.

One subroutine that remains to be

mentioned is BACKSPACE used by the

DEL key. It starts at $0385 and its effect

is to backspace the display buffer,

replacing the leftmost character with

the appropriate character from the

message buffer. It then calls subroutine

DISPLAY to show the typist that the

character has, in fact, been deleted and

the entire message has been backspac-

ed.

Again, I think the subroutines

MODIFY, DISPLAY, CLEAR, READ, and

OUTDD1 will be of considerable use if

you are writing programs that use the

keyboard or the display on the AIM 65_

All of them are quite short, and a little

study will show how they work. Most in-

volve only simple loops and nothing

more complicated than indexed ad-

dressing. Mimic or echo your display on

your computer storefront and you will

have something that will really catch the

eye, but don t ask me where to get the

appropriate neon sign elements.

A summary of the subroutines

follows:

DISPLAY Takes the contents of

locations $AS438 to

$A44B and transfers

them to the AIM 65

display. A is modified,

and X = 0 on return.

MODIFY Successively shifts the

contents of locations

$A439 to $A44C to loca-

tions in memory whose

addresses are one less.

The contents of the ac-

cumulator, when the

subroutine is called, will

be stored in location

$A438. A and X are modi-

fied.

CLEAR Loads $20 in the display

buffer, locations $A438

to $A44B. A and X aremodified.

BACKSPACE Reverses the effects

found in MODIFY and, in

addition, loads location

$A438 with the contents

of the message buffer in

$0200 + (Y - $13). Y

points to the last entry

made in the message

buffer. X and A are

modlfied.

September, 1979

T he MicroC puter I nvestor's

Associatio is a non-profit,

.profession 1 organiiation which

was founde three years ago to

enable mem ers to share data and

;informatio • For an information

packet, se d. $1. GO to:'

J ac k Wi Ua ms, MC IA,

902 A n 'd r s on Dri ve

Frederi ksburg, VA 221101

T he N e w E h land APPLE T ree (NEAT}is a group,of APPLE owners and

I.!sersWh o ave come'together to

,learn mo r e about their APPLEs.

trade pro'g ams and information

and enjoy he world of personal

computers s much as possible.

"liE p rog ra ms, y ou r

and your partici-

Users' Group is at-

locate persons in ,

1D~"al~['u gton area, in-a local users' group.

p~ease write or

s e r s • . .r o u p'

Jones

45 th Av en ue

OR 912T31 - 4 9 0 8

ews, etc.

in ex-

. 'O rm at io n a n d s of t-, th er c lu bs . ' Co nt ac t:

t h e . S o u th

MICRO - + The 6502 Journal

ware and technical information

ar)d to help ,new APPLE users use

their APPLES. T hey plan to es-

tablisha quarterly newsletter

and anticipate installing an on

line system where anyone can

have access to club information.

I f you wish to correspond or

j Oi n, c on ta ct :

David Hall, Sec.

2300 N'~ 1 35t h . S t .

M ia mi , ' FL 3 3 1 6 7

Einleitung: Die vorliegende Nr;

o i s t . a ls I n fo r ma t io n sb r os c hu r e

tiber den Verein gedacht. Sie

stimmt in wesentlichen T ellen

mitdem Entwurf uberein. Zweck

diesel' Zei tschrift ist es, .als

I nfo rma ti on5 fo rum fu r A P.E 'LE-

B enutzer zu dienen. Del' Name

A pp le .-C om -Po st w ard e i n a bg e-

wandelter Form von derZeit-

5 ch ri ft C OH PPO ST ·d es . R ec he n-

z en tr um s d el ' R uh n- Un iv er si ta t

B Oc hu m u be rn om me n. Daa Kurzel

nc;'Om lf'5011 andeuten, dass es

5:lch beim APPLE um einen Computer

bande.Lt. Wu nch e s ow ie dr-uckbar-eArtike'~ sfnd sehr' erwan5.cht.

APPLE User. Group Europe

P.ostfach 4068

0'-4320 Hattingen

We 5t Ge rm an y

T he WlC Users' Group in N e w York

City is still alive. Their new

addres5 i5:

T he DrY5dale Security

55 water St.

N e w , 'Yo r k, . N Y 10004

( 5 1 . 6 ) . 5 7 9 - 4 2 9 5

Washington Area KIM Enthusia5tl!

(WAKE.) meet each month at the

M cGr aw -H il l C on ti n' ui ng E du ca ti onCenter in Wa5hingtoD:., D~C. to

study operation, expansion, and

a pp li ca ti on s o f K IM '-1m ic ro -

computers. For a copy of the

current WAKE new51etter, send

a s .t a mp . ed · , s e lf . -a d dr e ss e d e n -

velope.to:WAKE

c/o Ted B each,

5T ,):2Wnliamsburg B lvd.

Arlington" VA 22207

16:13

•



AIM 65 is fully assembled, tested and warranted. Withaddition of a low cost, readily available power supply,

ready to start working for you.AIM 65 features on-board thermal printer andalphanumeric display, and a terminal-style keyboard. I thas an addressing capability up to 65K bytes, and comeswith a user-dedicated 1K or 4K RAM. Two installed 4K ;ROMS hold a powerful Advanced Interface Monitorprogram, and three spare sockets are included to expandon-board ROM or PROM up to 20K bytes.An Application Connector provides for attaching a TTty

and one or two audio cassette recorders, and gives ext~r-nal access to the user-dedicated general purpose I/O lin s.Also included as standard are a comprehensive AIM 5

User's Manual, a handy pocket reference card, an R650Hardware Manual, an R6500 Programming Manual and nAIM 65 schematic.AIM 65 is packaged on two compact modules. The

circuit module is 12 inches wide and 10 inches long, thE!keyboard module is 12 inches wide and 4 inches long.They are connected by a detachable cable.

THERMAL PRINTERMost desired feature on low-cost microcomputer systems I ..

• Wide 20-column printout• Versatile 5 x 7 dot matrix format• Complete 64-character ASCII alphanumeric format• Fast 120 lines per minute• Quite thermal operation• Proven reliabili ty

FULL-SIZE ALPHANUMERIC KEYBOARDProvides compatibility with system terminals ...• Standard 54 key, terminal-style layout• 26 alphabetic characters• 10 numeric characters• 22 special characters

• 9 control functions• 3 user-def ined functions

TRUE ALPHANUMERIC DISPLAYProvides legible and lengthy display ...• 20 characters wide• 16-segment characters• High contrast monol ithic characters• Complete 64-character ASCII alphanumeric format

ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL

PROVEN R6S00 MICROCOMPUTER SYSTEM DEVICESReliable, high performance NMOS technology ...• F:6502 Central Processing Unit (CPU), operat ing at 1MHz. Has 65K address capability, 13 addressing modesand true index capability. Simple but powerful 56instructions.

• Fead/Write Memory, using R2114 Static RAM devices .

.clvailable in 1K byte and 4K byte versions.• 8K Monitor Program Memory, using R2332 Static ROMdevices. Has sockets to accept additional 2332 ROM or2532 PROM devices, to expand on-board Programmemory up to 20K bytes.

• F6532 RAM-Input/Output-Timer (RIOT) combinationdevice. Multipurpose circuit for AIM 65 Monitor functions.

• Two R6522 Versat ile Interface Adapter (VIA) devices,which support AIM 65 and user functions. Each VIA hastwo parallel and one serial 8-bit, bidirect ional I/O ports,two 2-bit peripheral handshake control lines and twofully-proqramrnable 16-bit interval timer/event counters.

BUILT-IN EXPANSION CAPABILITY• 44-Pin Application Connector for peripheral add-oris• 44-Pin Expansion Connector has full system bus• Both connectors are KIM-1 compatible

r rv AND AUDIO CASSETIE INTERFACESSta rdard interface to low-cost peripherals ...• 2') mao current loop TIY interface• Interface for two audio cassette recorders• TNO audio cassette formats: ASCII KIM-1 compatiblea ro binary, blocked file assembler compatible

ROlli RESIDENT ADVANCED INTERACTIVE MONITORAdvanced features found only on larger systems ...• r v onitor-generated prompts• Sngle keystroke commands• Address independent data entry• Debug aids• E-ror messages• Option and user interface linkage

ADVANCED INTERACTIVE MONITOR COMMANDS

• Major Function Entry• Instruction Entry and Disassembly• Display/Alter Registers and Memory• Manipulate Breakpoints• Control Instruction/Trace• Cantrol Peripheral Devices• C3.11User-Defined Functions• Comprehensive Text Editor

LOW COST PLUG-IN ROM OPTIONS• 41CAssembler-symbolic, two-pass• 81CBASIC Interpreter

POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATIONS• + 5 VDC ± 5% regulated @ 2.0 amps (max)• + 24 VDC ± 15% unregulated @ 2.5 amps (peak)0.5 amps average

PR ICE: $375.00 (1K RAM)Plus $4.00 UPS (shipped in U.S. must give street address),$10 parcel post to APO's, FPO's, Alaska, Hawaii, Canada ..$25 air mail to all other countries

We manufacture a complete line of high quality expansionboards. Use reader service card to be added to our mail inglist, or U.S. residents send $1.00 (International send $3.00U.S.) for airmail delivery of our complete catalog.

2967 W. Fairmount Avenue

Phoenix AZ. 85017

1602)265-7564



App lesoft Renum .bering

Here is a fast and reliable utility for APPLE pro-

grammers who do not have disks. It can be adaptedto the PET and other Microsoft BASIC systems.

The need for a program written in Apple-soft to renumber Applesoft programs ismoot now that APPLE has made avail-able the 3.2 version of its disk operatingsystem, that is, i f one has a disk system.I wrote the present renumbering pro-gram while my disk drive was out of ac-tion, before the release of the 3.2 ver-sion, and after reading Mr. Carpenter'sprogram in MICRO 12:45 based in turnon a PET program by Jim Butterfield,MICRO 8:33. Since some people do nothave disks and since Applesoft pro-grams can be adapted to the PET andother systems using Microsoft BASIC,my renumbering program still may findusers.

Comparison

This Applesoft renumbering program(hereafter called RENUMB) is dreadfullyslow; it took 7.9 minutes to renumber a8.5K program. Even at that, it's fasterthan Mr. Carpenter's program, whichtock 13.2 minutes to renumber the same8.5K program (and also had a problemwith one THEN). In comparison, the 3.2disk renumber program did the job in 7.8seconds.

Like Mr.. Carpenter's program, RE-NUMB cannot change the line numberafter a GOTO, a GOSUB, or a THENequivalent of a GOTO when the new line

number has more digits than the oldone. The program prints a list of thesechanges which must be made by hand. Ifthere is not enough space, RENUMB in-serts only the least significant digits.For example, the line

100 ON L GOTO 180, 190

with a l ine number shift upwards by 1005would be given as

1105 ON L GOTO 185, 195

September, 1979

J.D. Childress5108 Springlake WayBaltimore, MD 21212

With the manual change instructionsshown here:

LINE 1105: INSERT 1185 AFTER GOTO.

LINE 1105: INSERT 1195 AFTER COMMA.

If there is more space than needed,RENUMB inserts leading zeros. (Notethat the Applesoft interpreter preservessuch leading zeros whereas the 3.2 diskrenumber program does not.)

RENUMB has one useful feature incommon with the 3.2 disk renumber pro-gram, namely the capability of renum-bering only a specified portion of a pro-

gram. This feature must be used withcare since one can renumber a part of aprogram with line numbers equal to or inbetween some of the line numbers of theremaining part of the program.

Unlike the 3.2 disk program, RE-NUMBdoes not order such lines into the propersequence. If you really want that, youmust run RENUMB first then use thescreen/cursor editing controls to copythe out-of-sequence lines through theApplesoft interpreter. The reader is leftwith the nontrivial problem of gett ing ridof the still remaining out-of-sequencelines.

Operation

To use RENUMB, one needs to ap-pend RENLIMB to the program to be re-numbered. The machine language AP-PEND program and procedure given byMr. Carpenter are recommended·. Afterthe two programs are properly loaded,renumbering is accomplished by a RUN63000 command. Give the requested in-formation, then be patient; rememberthat RENUMB is numbingly slow.

MICRO - The 6502 Journal

Copy carefully all the manual changeslisted. I f you want to see them again, youcan do so by a GOTO 63360 commandprovided you have done nothing to clearthe variables, i.e., have not given anyRUN commands or changed any line ofthe program.

You may use the SPEED command toslow up the display and the CTRL-Ccommand to interrupt the displaywithout clearing the variables. Once thevariables have been cleared, there isnothing you can do except start from thebeginning, that is, load the programsagain.

At the beginning of the program run,you are asked for a rough estimate ofthe number of program lines (numberedlines) to be renumbered. Be generous,within limits of available memory. If yourestimate is too small, you will get a

?BAD SUBSCRIPT ERROR IN 630XO

where X = 6, 7, or 8 since your est imateis used for array dimensioning. Unlessyour program is especially rich in bran-ches, an estimate, say, about 50%greater than the number of l ine numberswill suffice.

Program DeSign

The design of RENUMB is quite sim-ple. First RENUMB searches the pro-gram being renumbered for line numbers(and their memory locations) and the linenumbers (and memory locations) afterGOTO's, GOSUB's, THEN's, and COM-MA's in multiple branches. This searchis done by lines 63040-63090 and forbranches, the subroutine at 63250. Lines63130 and 63140 make the changes atthe branches and line 63180 at thelabels. The routine beginning at 63350

16:15



prints out those changes that must bemade by hand.

All else is bookkeeping. Note: In line63030, START is the address in memoryof the beginning of the program. This isprobably the only thing that needs to bechanged for RENUMB to run on the PET(try START@1025 per Butterfield) andpossibly on other systems uslnq Micro-soft BASIC. Finally, if you write veryGOTOy and GOSUBy programs, you maywant to change the definition of DO inline 63030.

Applesoft

Butterfield gives considerable infor-mation about the insight into the struc·ture of Microsoft BASIC. What is evenhandier is your own APPLE II. Let it beyour textbook and teacher. For example,start ing fresh with Applesoft in the corn-puter, enter

1 PRINT: GOTO 521521 PRINT "FREE": 1ST521

While this lit tle prog am runs withouterror, that is not nec ssary. You canenter anything you wa t to see how Ap-plesoft handles it.

Now go to the monit~r and look at

801·OC08 01 00 BA AAB 35 32 31 00 I

80C· 10 08 09 02 BA ~2 46 52 45 45 223A iBC 35 32 31 00

810·0000 i

I

for ROM Applesoft (1001 for RAM Ap-plesoft). In the above lines, arrangedhere for clarify, OC, 08 10 08, and thefinal 0000 point to the n xt instruction inmemory, the 00 00 pointer labelling theend of the program. 01 )0 and 0902 are

the line numbers, 1 and 521 respectively.BA is the token for PRINT; 3A is theASCII code for the colon; AB is the tokenfor GOTO; 353231 gives the line numberfor the GOTO; and 00 indicates the lineending. 2246 524545 22is a direct ASCIIcode rendition of "FREE". Finally BC isthe token for LIST and 353231 is the linenumber 521 after LIST.

Study of the above paragraph showsthat Applesoft puts things into memory

almost exactly the way you type them onthe keyboard, except that the interpreterremoves spaces, puts in instruction ad-dresses, translates its command wordsinto tokens, and uses ASCII code andhexidecimal, low-order bit first notation.

I think we can be confident thatMicrosoft has written most of theirBASIC interpreters in as similar afashion as possible. After all, why notexploi t one's own good work. J .i

LIST I NG--<\PPLESOFT RF.NlIMBEPI ~IGPROGRA'"

6 2 9 9 9 END63000 HOME: VTA.B (3): po I ~!T "

RENUMBERI~G ppnGRA~": "PINT

63010 PRINT "lI~IES TO BE o~NI!M1lERED:": INPUT" ~EGI~IP.IG L INE--";BG~l: INPUT" ENDP!GLI~IE--";TP~: I~IP'JT" TOTALNUMBEROF LIMES (ROUGHLY)--";D: PRI~T

63020 I~PUT "R~NUMB~PED BEGINNING LINE--";SK: PIPIlT "HIC"EIAENT--";ADD

63030 START .. 256 * PEEK (10~) +

PEEK (103):M = START + 2 : 0 0INT (D I ~): DI~ LS(D),L

N(DD),LM(DD),LOC(DD),NA$(DD), ND(DD) , INS (DD) , I MS (OD)

530~0 L • L + I:LS(L) • M:LC .. 256 * PEEK (M + 1) + PEEK (~): IF LC > 62900 THEN 63100

63050 FOR J • M + 2 TO M + 155:TST. PEE!< (J): IF TST .. 0 THENM • J + 3: GOTO 630~0

63060 IF TST • 171 THEN NA!(K +

1) • "GOTO": GOSUB 63250

63070 IF TST • 176 THEN NA$(K +

1) • "GOSUB": GOSliB 63250

63080 IF TST • 196 ANn PEE~ (J +

1) > ~7 AN~ PEEK (J + 1) <58 THEN NA$(K + 1) • "THEN":

r,oSUB 63250630CJO NEXT63100 FOP J • 1 TO L:LNU • 256 *

°EEK (LS(J) + 1) + °EEK (LS (J) l : IF UIU > TPM OR L"IlJ >62900 THEN PRI ur : po I 'IT "RENUMREPING C0MPlETED THPOUn~LI~:E ";LUN;",": GC'Tf') 53350

63110 IF LNl' < ~GN T~PI 63P106312~ S~! .. "0000" + STP$ (SI<):S

K~· RIGHTS (SK~,5)

63130 FOR I .. 1 TO K: IF UIU < >INS(I) THEN NEXT: GOTO 631

,90F3HO F('lR KA. 1 TO NO(I): Pt)k'E

LOC(I) + 1 + N{)(I) - KA , '1A.L( MIDt (SKt,6 - KA,I)) + k8:"lEXT

63150 IF LNU" INS(I) T~~N IMS(I) • SK

63160 IF LEN ( STP! (SK)) > NO(I) THEN PCR = 1

53170 ~!EXT63180 SO· INT (SI<' I 255): POK~

(LS(J) + 1),SO: POKE (LS(J))

,SK - 256 * SO63190 FOR I • 1 TO K: IF LNU .. L

N(I) THEN U)(I) .. SK: IF LNU

< BGN THEN LM(I) • LNU63200 'lEXT

63210 SK • SK + ADD:LUN • LNU63220 NEXT63250 K . . K + I:LN(K) .. LC:SU PEEK

(J + 1) - ~8

63260 FOR KA • J + 2 TO J + ~:CPR . PEEK (KA): I F cpo "' 0 OR

CPR· 58 OR CPR .. ~~ THEN GOT~63290

632;0 SU • 10 * SU + CPR - 4 863280 NEXT63290 LOC(K) .. J:NO(K) • K A - 1 -

J: INS(I() • SU:J .. KA - 1: IFCPR .. 4~ THF:N ~lAH K + 1) • "

CQ~MA":J .. KA : GOTO 63250

63300 RETUR"I63310 ENrl63350 IF PC? < > 1 THE"! ENn

63360 PRINT: PPINT "MOTE: YOU '-A

UST ~AKE THE F"lLnWI~G CH<\N-": PRINT "GES MAf'-lUALLY:": PI:lI"lT

63370 F0P I • 1 T~ K: IF LEN ( ST"~(IMS(I))) < . . ND(I) THEN NEXT: END

63380 PPI'1T "LINE ";LM( 1);": I'!SERT ";IMS(I);" AqEP ";NA$(I

);"."63390 NEXT: END

i

16:16

I

MICRO - The 8~2 Journal

i

September, 1979



MOVE IT: Relocating PE~TSource Programsand Object Code

A useful program need not perform the enltire tas k. If tenpercent of the total coding effort achleses nlnety-ninepercent of the desired result, perhaps manual interven·tion will be more efficient than additionallprogramming.

MICRO readers probably know thatwhen a PET program is saved oncassette tape it normally loads back intothe same area of memory. Several timesrecently I wished that was not the casebecause I found the need to relocate ln-formation already saved.

For example, I originally assignedsource code for an assembler to whatlater turned out to be an inconvenientarea of memory. Being naturally lazy, Ihad no desire to retype the long sourceprogram into the newly assigned

memory region. Let the PET move it, Isaid-and it did. This article tells how.

Information one might wish torelocate falls into three categories. Ihave already mentioned ASCII sourcecode which would require no modifica-tions after being moved. The nextcategory also requires no extra work.BASIC programs which you might wantto append, relocate, or relocate, do in-deed have address links which need tobe modified. Fortunately for us the PEThas routines which do this automatical-ly.

Finally, machine language programs

are not always located where they do themost good and it could becomenecessary to move them to more usefulareas. In this case many changes pro-bably will be necessary. Instructionswhich use absolute addressing modesand indexed pointers are the principleculprits. Finding the necessary changescan be difficult without a source listingof the original program.

The first method I considered to moveprograms (the first step in relocation)was a modified program from the FirstBook of KIM (MOVEIT, p. 127). I rejectedthis approach for a number of reasons,but mainly because I was convinced the

PET had the routines already built in. Anarticle by Jim Butterfield (bless hisbones) in the PET User's Notes (Vol. 2,#1, p. 7)gave me the concept I needed tohave the PET operating system help re-locate code already saved on tape.

This method has the decided advant-age of not requiring the old memorylocations to be present. A programoriginally located at hex 6000 and saved

September, 1979

on tape in another PETcan be loaded in-to an 8K machine at hex 4')0 if desired.

After placing the mach ne languageprogram in a ne'l ' l area of memory, it isnecessary to make vari JUS addresschanges. These rnodltlca ions can bemade with a machine language program.See The First Bopk of KIM, p. 130, for anexample. Since I!feel more comfortableworking in BASIC, I develcped a simpleBASIC program to do most of the ad-dress modificati<pns.

The program i$ not perfs ct, so any re-maining chanqes or corrections need tobe done with a . monitor program. Ideliberately used an easy-to-write(slightly flawed) JIlrogramin combinationwith manual correction, ln s tead of spen-ding lots of time, writing an elegant pro-gram which did Elverything. I felt this ap-proach gave the best results becausethe total time tq accomplish a task iswhat really counts.

In summary, the relocatlnq methoddiscussed here aan be broken down intothree essential steps:

1. Loading th~ informction on the

cassette tape into the new area ofmemory.

2. Running a BASIC proqrarn whichmakes most of 1 he addresschanges.

3. Manually correctlnq e rors, using amonitor pro$ram, and making othernecessary qhanges IT issed by thesimple minded BASIC program.

As an example, I have picked what Ihope is a useful exercise: relocatingCommodore's machine lanquaqe moni-tor. It is important to have availablemonitors which are located in dif ferent

areas of memoty. When we want tomodify low areas of memory, it isnecessary to use a monitor in highmemory, and vice versa.

Furthermore, the top of memory isconsistently changing as PET ownersadd extra memorty. It is a decided disad-vantage to be stuck witt; only a lowmonitor, as supplied by Commodore.The latest PET's have a mcnitor in ROM,


Professor Harvey B. HermanDepartment of Chemistry

The University of North CarolinaGreensboro, NC 27412

l E A 8 A 9 23 85 F9 20 5E l E 29

l E B O 20 CF FF C 9 2C FO 55 c gl E CO O D FO O B E O 10 FO Fl 95l E C8 23 E 6 E E E 8 D O E A A 5 20

l E D O C9 06 D O C 8 A 2 00 8E O Bl E D 8 02 A 5 Fl D O 03 4C 9 B l C

l E E O C9 03 B O F9 20 67 F6 20

l E E 8 3 B F8 20 FF F3 A 5 E E FOl E FO 08 20 95 F4 D O 08 4C 9 BlEF8 lf 20 A E F5 FO F8 20 4D

l D O O O A 60 3A 3 B 52 4D 47 5 8l D 08 4C 53 ! 1D lD 1D 1D 1D lD J

l D l 0 I T I : : J . : I D Cl B l 2C 5E D 7 FDl D 18 9E 9E 20 50 43 20 20 5 3l D 20 52 20 41 43 20 58 5 2 20

l D 28 59 52 20 53 50 A 5 O D D Ol D 30 06 20 F2 1£ 20 37 l E 20l D 38 37 l E A 2 00 B D l A [!.] 2 0

l D 40 D 2 FF E 8 E O 13 D O F5 20l D 48 F2 l C A 2 2E A 9 3 B 20 22

l D 50 ~ 20 37 ~ 20 08 ~ 201D 58 E 7 .l.f 20 B B u ;_ FO 4D 20

l D 60 90 ~ 20 4F ~ 90 48 20l D 68 3F ~ 20 90 ~ 20 4F ~l D 70 90 3D 20 3F 1E A O 00 B 9l D 78 4A ~ 30 06 20 D 2 FF C8l D 80 D O F5 29 7F 20 D 2 FF 2 0

l D 88 2A F3 FO 20 A 6 O A D O l C

l D 90 20 A 3 1£ 9 0 17 20 F2 l~

l D 98 A 2 2E A 9 3 A 20 22 l E 20l D A O 37 l[ 20 0 4 ~ A 9 08 20l D A 8 B B 1£ FO D B 4c 57 1£ 4 Cl D B O 9 B .l.f 20 5E ~ 20 4F l[

l D B 8 90 03 20 B 2 l C 20 E 7 l Cl D CO D O O A 20 5E 1E 20 4F l E1D C8 90 E 5 A 9 0 8 85 21 20 9 0

1D D O ~ 20 CF K D O F8 FO D 4l D D 8 20 CF FF C 9 O D FO O C C91D E O 20 D O CC 2 0 4 F ~ 90 03

1D E 8 20 B 2 li A 6 1F 9A A 5 l A1D FO 48 A 5 19 4 8 A 5 l B 48 A 5l D F8 1C A 6 l D A 4 1E 40 A 6 1F

1FO O F6 20 22 F4 20 8A F8 20l F08 13 F9 A D O C 0 2 29 10 D O

1F10 E 5 4c 57 1C 20 4F l E A 51F18 11 85 F7 A 5 12 85 F8 20l F20 CF FF C9 20 FO F9 C9 O D

1F28 FO A 4 C9 2C FO 03 4c 9c

1F30 .!E. 20 4F 1E A 5 11 85 E 5.1F38 A 5 12 85 E 6 A 5 20 C9 06

l F40 FO 92 A 2 00 2 0 B 1 F6 4c1F48 57 ~ O D 2 0 2 0 20 20 20l F50 20 20 20 20 2 0 30 20 20

1F58 31 20 20 32 20 20 33 2 01F60 20 34 20 2 0 35 20 2 0 36

1F68 20 20 B 7

16:17



lCOO 00 OD 04 OA 00 9E 28 31

lc08 30 33 39 29 00 00 00 A91C10 27 8D 1B OA A 9 iRl 8D 1C

1C18 02 A9 ~ 85 7D A 9 6B 85

lC20 7c A9 43 85 21 D O 12 A9

~ C28 42 85 21 D8 4A 68 85 1E

1C30 68 85 1D 68 85 1C 68 85

1C38 1B 68 69 FF 85 19 68 69

1C40 FF 85 1A B A 86 1F 58 201C48 F2 _K A S 21 A9 2A 20 22

1C50 1& A 9 52 85 OD DO 2B A9

1C58 00 85 CA 85 OD 85 OA 201C60 F2 ~ A 9 2E 20 D2 FF A6

lC68 20 EO 02 FO 04 EO 03 D O

1C70 06 20 3A 1E 20 37 1E 20

1C78 90 1E c 9 2E FO F9 C9 201C80 FO F5 A2 07 DD 02 IJ] D O

1c88 OF A5 20 85 OE 86 20 B D

1C90 OA W 0 48 BD 12 li m 48 601C9S CA 10 E9 A9 3F 20 D2 FF

1CAO 4C 57 ~ 38 A5 13 E5 11

1CA8 85 OB A5 14 E5 12 A8 05

1CB O OB 60 A5 11 85 19 A5 12

1CB 8 85 1A 60 85 21 AO 00 201CCO 3A 1E B1 11 20 13 1E 20

1CC8 F7 1C c6 21 DO F1 60 20

1CDO 5E 1E 90 OD A2 00 81 11

1CD8 C1 11 FO 05 68 68 4C 9B

1CEO 1C 20 F7 ~ c6 21 60 A 9

1CE8 1B 85 11 A9 00 85 12 A 9

ICFO 05 60 A 9 OD 4C D2 FF E6

1CF8 11 DO 06 E6 12 DO 02 E6

Location Object Code Source Codeand Notes

Original Modified Orig nal Modified

0447 1C47 20F~04 20F21C JSR CRLF (1)

0484 1C84 000:W5 000210 CMP CMOS, X (2)

0414 1C14 A90L . A91C LOA # BRKE (3)0511 1011 06 1E .BYT ZZ8 (4)

073E 1F3E C90€i C912 CMP #6 (5)

NOTES

(1) Absolute address identified and changed by BASIC MODIFY

program.

(2) Address not changed by BASIC program. Changed manually

with the monitor.

(3) High order byte of address of the break vector stored at $21 C

must be changed.

(4) Jump table value (address of command) has to be relocated.

(5) Code which was erroneously changed because of preceedinghex 20. Changed back manually with the monitor.

Typical Changes While Relocating Monitor Program

5 REM MODI FY PROGRAM (FLAWED)

6 REM 1K LOCA TIONS ~EA RCH ED

7 REM HA RVEY B. HERM AN

8 N=O

10 FOR 1=0 TO 1023

15 REM DEC 7168 IS H EX 1COO2 0 L =7 16 8+ I

3 0 A = P EEK (L): B=P EEK (L + 2)35 REM DEC 32 & 76 A RE H EX 20 (JSR) & 4C (JMP)

3bREM PGS . D EC/HEX 4,5,6 & 7 S EA RC HE D

40 IF A=32 A ND B=4 T HEN GOSUB 1000

50 IF A=32 AND B =5 T HEN GOSUB 100060 IF A=32 AND B =6 T HEN GOSUB 1000

70 IF A=32 AND B =7 T HEN GOSUB 1000

80 IF A=76 AND B =4 T HEN GOSUB 100090 IF A=76 AND B =5 T HEN GOSUB 1000

100 IF A=76 A ND B=6 TH EN GOS UB 1000

110 I F A=76 AND B=7 TH EN GOS UB 1000

120 NEXT I125 PRI NT "LOCA TI ONS MODIFIED =";N

130 ST OP999 REM MODIFIED TO DEC 24/H EX 18 HI GHER

1000 PO KE L +2 ,B +241 00 5 N =N +11 010 R ET UR N

16:18 M IC RO - The 8502 Jour l11 ll

but the general ideas presented here willstill be useful to owners of thosemachines in other applications.

The art icle by Jim Butterf ield showeda procedure which loaded the tape intothe screen memory area. I wanted tomove the monitor program to the top ofmemory, 8K in my PET.This.procedure isshown in Figure 1. Step 2 loads the tape

header. I used the monitor program, inlow memory, to modify the tape addressfrom the header in steps 4 and 5. Movingthe program on tape to the new area ofmemory occurs in step 7. After protec-ting the program, step 8, it is necessaryto make address modifications beforethe program can be run successfully.

Most of the address modificationscan be made with the BASIC program.The program looks for JSR (hex 20/dec32) and JMP (hex 4C/dec 76)values in thenew memory locations. The majority ofchanges necessary were in those two in-structions alone. When the programfinds dec 32 or dec 76 followed by a loca-

tion in pages 4 through 7 (where theoriginal program was located), it modi-fies the page number to the relocatedvalues, 28 through 31 respectively. Thisprogram is quite a bit slower than amachine language version, but it certain-ly runs faster than I could type in thechanges.

Since the BASIC program has flaws, itis important to check for errors. The

September, 1979



1EOO 9A 4C 8B c3 A2 01 DO 02

1E08 A2 09 B5 10 48 B5 11 20

1E10 13 1E 58 48 4A 4~ 4A 4A

1E18 20 2B 1E AA 68 29 OF 20

1E20 2B ~ 4 8 8A 20 02 FF 68

1E28 4C 02 FF 18 69 06 69 FO

1E30 90 02 69 06 69 3~ 60 20

1E38 3A ~ A9 20 4C D2 FF A2

1E40 02 B5 10 48 B5 12 95 10

1E48 68 95 12 CA DO F3 60 201E50 5E 1E 90 02 85 12 20 5E

1E58 ~ 90 02 85 11 60 A9 00

1E60 85 OF 20 90 1E C9 20 DO

1E68 09 20 90 1E C9 20 DO OE

1E70 18 60 20 85 1E OA OA OA

1E78 OA 85 OF 20 90 1E 20 85

1E80 ~ 05 OF 38 60 C 9 3A 08

1E88 29 OF 28 90 02 69 08 60

1E90 20 CF FF C9 00 to F8 68

1E98 68 4c 57 lk 4c 9B 1f 20

1EAO 90 1E A9 00 85 EE 85 FA

relocated monitor program contained

two unnecessary changes which were

easy to find and change back. I manually

corrected these errors using a low moni-

tor and looked for other locations which

needed to be changed. All instructions

besides JSR and JMP that have an ab-

solute addressing mode referring to

relocated addresses must be modified.

Much harder to find are table values and

page zero references. A source listing or

disassembler output listing is essential.

I hao the advantage of having the

source code for the monitor (PET User

Manual, p. 100)and changes were easier

to identify. However, I have successfully

relocated code with just a dissassembl-

ed listing and no comments or

mnemonic variable names. A few ex-

amples of what to look for are shown in

Figure 2.

The trickiest part of relocating in-

volves indirect instructions. The instruc-

tion itself does not have to be changed,but the numbers stored as page 0

pointers may have to be. Somewhere in

the code, there may be a combination

like LOA $051 STA $35, which would

have to be changed to LOA #101 STA

The BASIC modify program changed 72

locations (2 of which were in error). I

have underlined the correct changes and

put an asterisk beside the corrected er-

rors. Fourteen locations needed to be

changed manually, and these have been

boxed. By my count, more than 3/ 4 of the

changes were made by the BASIC pro-

gram. I was satisfied, but others may

wish to write a more comprehensive

utility.

Once properly moved and relocated,

the monitor can be run (SYS 7183) and

saved on tape (S 01, 1COO, 1F6B). The

break vector is set automatically on

entering the program. After the first run,

the program can be restarted with SYS

1024 which is easier to remember. That

trick takes advantage of the zero (BRK)

first byte in every BASIC program.

$35. The monitor program did not con-

tain examples of these ins1ructions.

Moving and relocating programs can

be fun as well as useful. In somerespects it's like a game or puzzle. I

believe this is the aspect that appeals to

me. I would enjoy hearing from other

PETters about their success or failures

in relocating programs (SASE for reply).

A hex listing Of the relocated monitor

is shown in Figure 3. All functions have

been checked and appear to beworking.

For the KIM-l

PCROS - A Real- Time Operating System in theH. GELLER COMPUTER SYSTEMS IK KIM RAM

DEPT. M, P.O. BeX 350NEW YORK, NY 10040 Includes: Assembly listing; Cassette with user's

.===(::N=e=w=Y=0:i::rk=R:i::e=s=id::e:in:i::t:i:s=A=d::d=A:P:::P=I:i::ic::a=b=l:i::eS:i:a::i:le::s=T::a=x::i:}=====m:::Hnual;chema tic for re I ay control board

T.D.Q.TAPE DATA QUERY

PET-8K SOL-IIA TRS-80-LEVEL II

* FILE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

-Utilizes Dual Audio Cassette Recorders

* INTERACTIVE QUERY LANGUAGE-English-Like Commands

-Powerful Info Re trieval Capabili ty

* COMPUTERIZED BUSINESS & PERSONAL RECORDS-Customize Your Own File Structures

-Create & Maintain Data Files

-No Programming Experience Required

* IMPLEMENTED IN BASIC

T.D.Q. CASSETTE WITH MANUAL & REF. CARD $50.00

The Following Pre-Defined T.D.Q. File StructuresAre Available To Solve Your Data Processing Needs:

INVENTORY CONTROL $35.00

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE $35.00

ACCOUNTS PAY ABLE $35.00

ORDER PROCESSING $35.00

CUSTOMER DIRECTORY $25.00APPOINTMENT SCHEDULING $25.00

Each With Cassette And Manual

Send Self-Addressed Stamped Envelope ForComplete Software Catalogue.Send Check Or Money-Order To:

September, 1979

NOW AVAILABLE

For SOL-IIA and PET -8K

GENERAL PACK 1 $1l.00

(Checkbook Balancer, Tic Tac Toe, Metric Conversion)

GENERAL PACK 2 $19.00

(Space Patrol, Biorhythm, Battlestar, One-Armed Bandit)

FIN!\NCIAL PACK 1

(Loans, Depreciation. Investments)

$13.00

FIN/\NCIAL PACK 2 $13.00

(Mor:gage & Loan Amortization, Future Projections,

Risk Analysis)

STATlSTICS PACK 1 $19.00

(Mean & Deviation, Distribution, Linear Correlat ion &

Regression, Contingency Table Analysis)

GAME PACK 1 $20.00

(Basketball. Object Removal, Bowling, Darts, Gopher)

GAME PACK 2 - (children - educational)

(Arithmetic God, Addition Dic.e, Travel)

$13.00

$50.00

MICRO - The 6502 ~oumal 16:19



POWEHSOFT, INC.P. O. BOX 157

PITMAN, NEW JERSEY 08071(609) 589·5500

APPLESOFT II UTILITY

products for the

APPLE II

(Diskette Only) $12.45

The Applesoft II Util ity program provides the user with the following features. a) Complete automatic renumbering of any Applesoft II

program. b) The creation of an EXEC File for subroutine file creation. This feature allows you to incorporate the samesubroutine in various pro-

grams. c) No modification of the program in machine memory (RAM). d) Autornatic running of the program. No programmer should bewithout

this excellent utility program. REQUIREMENTS: Disk II, Applesoft II, 16K of memory.

REAL ESTATE ANALYSIS PROGRAM $14.95

The Real Estate Analysis Program provides the user with three features. a) J\ powerful real estate investment analysis for buy/sell decisions

and time to hold decisions for optimal rental/commercial investments, b) Generation of complete amorization schedules consistent with banking

practices and schedules. c] Generation of depreciation schedules for selecting the best depreciation schedule for your useand a determination of

optimal switch over points to straight line to maximize depreciation. All three features aredesigned for video screenor printer output. In addition,

the program will plot; cash flow before taxes vs. years, cash flow after taxes vs. vears, adjusted basis vs. years, capital gains vs, years, pre-tax pro-

ceeds vs. years, post-tax proceeds vs, years, and return on investment (%) vs. years. FlEQUIREMENTS: Applesoft II, 16K of memory without DOS

or 32K of memory with DOS (Disk II).

ADDRESS FILE GENERATOR $19.95

A professional piece of software which allows the user to create four different types of address files: a) Holiday File, b) Birthday File,

c) Home Address File, and d) Commercial Address File. The program contains a menu of sevenmajor commands: 1) Createa File, 2) Add to File,

3) Edit File, 4) Display File, 5) Search File, 6) Sort File, and 7) Reorganize File. MJst of the major commands havesubordinate commands which

adds to the flexibil ity of this powerful software system. We doubt you could buy a better program for maintaining and printing address files.

REQUIREMENTS: Disk II, Apple Printer Card, 32K of memory with Applesoft l'lOM Card or 4aK of memory without Applesoft ROM Card.

SUPER CHECKBOOK $19,95

A totally new checkbook program with a unique option ... Bar Graphs. These bar graphs, outputed to a printer or video screen, provide

trend anaiysis data on code expense, income, expenses, or gain/loss on a month by month basis. The program contains a total of fourteen options:

1) Check/Deposit Entry & Modification, 2) Reconciliation of Checks or Deposits, ~.)Sort by Check Number, 4) Sort by Code for Year, 5) Sort by

Code for Month, 6) Output Year to Date, 7) Output Month Activity, a·ll) PrinterIVideo Plot Trend Analvsls-Bar Graphs, 12) Account Status,

13) Reconciied Check Status, and 14) Quit. An excellent program for maintaining your checkbook, or that of a small business. REQUIREMENTS:

Disk II, 32K of memory with Applesoft ROM Card or 4aK of memory without Applesoft ROM Card.

FUNCTION GRAPHS AND TRANSFORMATIONS $14.95

. .. .

. .~. .....J.-.j

.• e8. - Z It. ..... z . . . . . . . . .Available at your local computer store

Call or write for our free SOFTWARE & ACCESSORIES CATALOG

This program uses the Apple II high resolution graphics capabil ities to draw detailed

graphs of mathematical functions which the user defines in Basic syntax. The graphs appear in a

large rectangle whose edges are X and Y scales (with values labeled by up to 6 digits). Graphs

can be superimposed, erased, drawn as dashed (rather than solid) curves, and transformed. The

transformations available an, reflection about anaxis, stretching or compressing [chanqeof scale),

and sliding (translation). The user can alternate between the graphic display and a text display

which lists the available commands and the more recent interactions between user and program.

Expected users are engineers, mathematicians, and researchers in the natural and social sciences;

in addition, teachers and students can use the program to approach topics in (for example)

algebra, trigonometry, and analytic geometry in a visual, intuitive, and experimental way which

complements the traditional, primarily symbolic orientation. REQUIREMENTS: 16K of

memory with Applesoft ROM Card or 32K of memory without Applesoft ROM Carel.

DEALER INOUIRIES II\lVITED

POWEH§OFT, INC.P. O. BOX 157

PITMAN, NEW JERSEY 08071

(609) 589-5500

• Check or Money Order

• Include $1.00 forshipping and handling

• C.O.D. ($1.00 add't!. charge)

• Master Chargeand VISAarders accepted

• New Jersey residents add5% seles tax

Programs Available on Disketteet $5.00 Additional

Apple II is a registered

trademark of Apple Computer, Inc,



Life in the Fast Lane

Richard R_Auricchio

1596Stapleton Court

SanJose, CA95118

This high speed version of the game of LIFE uses lo-resgraphics on the APPLE II. A clean assembly languageimplementation makes it easy to enhance or adapt.

\,ii

What? Yetanother gameof LIFE?Yes,this one's for the APPLE II computer,

and it's afairly quick one. Thegameruns

in Lo-Resgraphics using a32x 32array.

Ihe current version is black-and-white,but adding color should not prove toodifficult a task. The assembly language

module which actually computes the

generations is capable of running offabout three per second on the APPLEscreen.

j

The program is designed to utilize

both of theAPPLE's graphic screen buf-fers to avoid the ripple effect which oc-

curs when the display is updated. When

both buffers areused, the new image is

created in the buffer not currently beingdisplayed on the screen; after the com-plete, image is created, the buffers are

swapped via the hardware controls inthe APPLE.

In addition to the two screen buffer

areas, the actual LIFE generations are

performed in a 32x 32 array (1K bytes).

Separating the screen and LIFE arraymakes it easier to interface with the

LIFEprogram from BASIC; inaddition, aspeed increase was realized because itwas not necessary to "read" the screen

points to compute the next generation.The code to perform an assembly

language SCRN(X,Y ) function, although

short, requires computation of screencoordinates. This computation would

cost valuable compute-time.

September, 1979

ProgramOrganization

Therearetwo entry potnts to the LIFE

program. One, which performs initializa-tion, is used toclear the LIFEarray and

set up thescreenbuffer pointers. These-cond screen buffer is then blanked outby copying the first into the second.

Thesecond entry is the "run" entry toperform LIFE generations. This is themain part of the LIFE program. It runs

until either the screen becomes com-

pletely blank, or the user hits any keyon

the APPLE keyboard. The program willnot detect a stable LIFE pattern, It will

keep running more generations eventhough the display does not appear tochange.

The LIFEprogram makes two passes

over the LIFE array to compute eachgeneration. The first pass sets up pen-

ding births and deaths within the array.

This is done by accessing cells(neighbors) which border thecurrent cell

being examined. Thearray is allowed to

wrap around and going off one edgebr-

ings you back inon the other side. Thesecond pass completes the birth/deathprocess, displays the cells in the inac-

tive screen buffer, and swaps the

screens. This process continues until all

cells die or a key is hit. Ineither event,areturn is made to the BASIC program;

the screen and UFE array are notaltered. This allows the BASICprogram

MICRO- The 8502Journal

to actually edit the LIFE array, say, toadd/delete cells or to center the imageon the screen.

Driving the Program from BASIC

A simple Integer BASIC driver is in-

cluded here: It allows one to type in

points until (0.0) is entered, and thencalls the LIFEprogram todisplay gener·ations on the screen. No fancy editing

facilities have been coded, but they'reeasy enough to add if you find themuseful.

Structuring the Code

The LIFE program was coded using

straightforward techniques. Notricks orshortcuts wereused tosaveabytehere,

a microsecond there. Comments havebeensprinkled throughout the listing toenable changes or customization of the

module, and coding tricks might have

madethat next to impossible.

Usewith APPLEDOS

TheLIFEprogram is completely com-patiblewith APPLEDOS(bothversions3.1and 3.2).Therearenomemory areas us-

ed which will conflict with DOSusage,

andnoDOSfeaturesareaffected byrunn-ing LIFE.Userswith DOSsystems should

BSAVEtheLIFEmoduleand insert anap-propriateBLOADcommandatthebeqlnn-ing of the BASICdriver program.

16:21



[;J(~}!m~[;l~[!.~§ tm

~ §!I~[3I[;l ~ ~~ ~~

Allindude the Following Features:

All METAL HEAVY DUTY CASE

ON/OFF SWITCH and PILOT LIGHT

115/60Hz or 2)O/Sottz INPUT

G RO UN DE D T HR EIE -W IR E

PQWERCORO

P OW E R P LUS 5: + 5V at 5A, ± l2V at 1A 57500

P OW E R P LU S S UP ER 5: + 5V at lOA, ± 12V at lA 59500

P OW E R P LUS 5/24: + 5V at 5A, + 24 at 2.5A, ± l2V at lA 59500

SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR THE AIM 65

Small E lM lugh 1 (1Fi ll ns id e the A IM Enc lo su re

Enough Power k" the AIM 65Fully lo~ded

Plus ~n Additiomll Baud

Works on 115VJ60Hz or 2JOV/SOHz

Provides Rex;ulated + 5V a t 5A~ ,. j +24V oJl1A

Grounded Three-Wire Power Cord

POWER A PLUS: $5()OOON/OFF Switch ilnd Pilolli.ht

ALL THE POWER A

KIM·1/SYM-1 NEEDS

Neolt. Comp,Jid, Economin

Yhouynds in Use '

INPUT: 115V/60Hz

OUTPUTS: ReBuloJled + 5V oJll.4A

+ l lV oJl1.004

Unregulated +BVu p t o 4 . 3A

+16Vuptol.0A

Win Power a KIM-l/SYM-l,J,.j oneAdditionoJl 8("O,ud

S uc h. u MEMl JRY PLUS o r V IDEO

POWER PLUS: $4000 PLUS

SUPERSCOPE C-190

b y Marantz

A High QUoJlily Cassette Recorder

with all 01the Fealurl!'! Required

for M ic ro computer Sys tems :

617/256-3649

PO Box 3S Chelmsford. m s 018'24

•••••••• 1•••••••• 1••••••

• •• T H E GAME OF LIFE FOR •

T H E APPLE-I I , ON A •

• 32 X 32 A RRAY. •

•• B Y RI CK AURI CCH I O •• 10-30-78 •• MODIFI ED B Y MI CRO •• S TA FF 7 -17 -7 9

•• •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

APTR • $0000 LIFE ARRAY POI NT ER (LO)

NPTR • $0002 NEIGH B OR CELL POI NT ER (LO)

NNUM • $0004 NUMB ER NEIGH B OR CH ECKS

NCNT • $0005 NEIGH B OR COUNT

NCELLS • $0006 NUMB ER LI VE CELLS

CRT • $0007 CRT OFFSET : OO=lST , 04=2ND

COLOR • $0030 PLOT COLOR

GBASH • $0027 GRA PH I C B ASE ADDRESS (HI)

AI L • $003C MONI T OR WORK BYTES

A1H • $0030

A2L • $003E

A2H • $003F

A4L • $0042

A4H • $0043

AST ART • $OOOC START PAGE FOR ARRAY

AEND • $0010 END PAGE FOR ARRAY

KB • $COOO KEYB OARD I NPUT ADDRESS

KB S • $C010 KEYB OARD ST ROB E CLEAR

CRTFLI • $C054 C054/C055 FLI PS CRT

GB ASCA • $F847 CALCULAT E PLOT ADDRESS

MOVE • $F32C B LOCK MOVE ROUT I NE

• MEMORY LAYOUT :

• PAGE(S) CONTENT

• 04-07 CRrl1

• 08-0B CRTl2

• OC-OF L IFE A RR AY

• 10-11 PROGRAM

•ORG $1000

•• CALL T O I NI T WI LL CLEAR T H E LI FE ARRAY

• AND SET UP T HE APPR OPR IA TE C RT PO IN TE R

•1000 20 DA 10 I N I T JSR ORIGI N SET ARRAY POI NT ER

1003 A9 04 LDAI M $04 SET CRT T O SECOND

1005 85 07 ST A CRT FOR T H E FI RST GENERAT I ON

1007 AO 00 LDYI M $00 ZERO I NDEX

1009 98 CLRA T YA ZERO T H E AC

100A 91 00 ST AI r APT R CLEAR ARRAY B YT E

100C 20 E5 10 JSR B UMP B UMP T O NEXT B YT E

100F g o F8 BCC CLRA =)MORE T O DO

•• CLEAR SECOND CRT BUFFER

•1011 A2 00 LDXI M $001013 86 3C ST X AI L

1015 86 42 ST X A4L

1017 CA DEX

1018 86 3E ST X A2L

lOlA A 2 0 4 LDXI M $04

101C 86 3D ST X A1H

101E A2 08 LDXIM $08

1020 86 43 ST X A4H

1022 CA DE X

1023 86 3F ST X A2H

1025 20 2C F3 JS R MOVE

1028 60 RT S

B LOCK MOVE

DONE, B ACK T O B ASI C(S)

MICRO - The 6502 Journal September, 197916:22



1029 20 D A 10 RUN

•

102C A9 07

102E 85 O L I

1030 A9 1)0

1032 85 0:;

1034 A5 O L I

1036 OA

1037 AA

1038 18

1039 A5 00

103B 70 Oi l 11

103E 85 O;~

1040 A5 011

1042 70 OB 11

1045 C9 10

1047 B O Ot!

1049 C9 OC

104B B O 06

1040 69 O L I

104F DO O;~

\j

1051 E9 04

1053 85 03

1055 A O 00

1057 B 1 O;~

1059 10 O;~

105B E6 0:)

1050 C6 011

105F 10 03

1061 A6 0')

1063 B l 00

1065 10 OA

1067 EO O;?

1069 90 I ;?106B EO Ol~

1060 BO 01,

106F 90 Oi~

1071 EO 03

1073 D O 08

J

1075 E6 06

1077 A 9 40

1079 11 00

107B 91 001070 20 E'5 10

1080 90 AA

September, 1979

•• ENTRY AT RUN WILL DO T HE

• PROCES SING UNT IL EI THER:

• 1) ALL CELLS DI E, OR

• 2) ANY KEY IS H IT.

• IT WI LL THEN RETURN

•JSR ORIGIN S ET ARRAY POINTER

• PA SSI WILL SCAN THE A RRAY• A ND SET UP BI RTH S/D EA THS

• FOR ALL CELLS

PASS I LDA IM $07

ST A NNUM

LDA IM $00

STA NCNT

NBCHK LOA NNUM

A S L A

TAX

•

S ET TO CHECK OUT

S EV EN N EI GH B OR S

T HERE ARE NO

NE IGH BO RS YET

GET NEIGH BOR NUM BER

AND MA KE IT A

2-B YT E I ND EX

• SET NPT R B Y ADJUST ING TH E CURRENT

• CELL POINTER BY THE FOLLOWI NG VALUES :

• -33, -32, -31, -1, +1, +31, +32, +33

•CL C

LOA APTR GET LO H ALF

ADCX O FFS ET A DD/ SUB TRA CT

STA NPTR S ET NPTR LO

LOA APTR

ADCX OFFSET

CMPI M AE ND

BCS S UB04

CM PI M A ST ART

BCS STORE

ADCIM $04

BNE STORE

SUB04 SB CIM $04

ST ORE ST A

•

+01 GET HI HA LF

+ 01 A D D/ S UB T RA CT

PAST T HE END OF ARRAY

=)YES : BACK I T UP!

B ELOW ST ART OF ARRAY?

=)NO: WI TH IN B OUN DS

B UMP UP I NTO A RRAY

A ND GO STUFF NPTR

NPTR +01 NOW SET NPTR HI

B ACK UP I NTO A RRAY

• CH ECK OUT T HI S NEIGH BOR

LDYIM $00 I ND EX = 0

LD AIY NPTR GET NEIGHBOR

BPL NEXT NB =)NONE H ERE

INC NCNT

• T RY NEXT NEIGHB OR

•

=)ONE HERE: COUNT UP

NEXTNB D ECZ NNUM M ORE TO DO?

BPL NB CH K =)YES: D O A LL

•• ALL NEIGH BORS COUNTED• MA KE LIFE/D EAT H DECISI ON

LOX NCNT

LDA IY APT R

BPL CH KBI R

CPXIM $02

BCC DIE

CPXI M $04

B CS DIE

BCC SURVI V

CHKB IR CPXIM $03

BNE DIE

GET CURRENT COUNT

GET CURRENT CELL

=)EMPT Y: MAYBE B IRT H H ERE?

A LI VE : T WO N EI GH BO RS ?

=) 0 OR 1: D IE!

4 -7 N E IGH B OR S?=)YU P: D IE O F O VE RCRO WD IN G!

=)2 OR 3: S URVIVE

E XA CT LY T HRE E N EI GH BO RS ?

=)NO: EMPTY CELL ST AYS D EAr

SUR V I V I NC NCELLS , BUMP COUNT OF LI VE CELLS

LOA 1M $40 "OR" I N 40 BI T

ORA IY APT R TO S URVIVE

D IEST AI Y APT RJSR BUMP

BCC PAS SI

THI S T IM ESET NEXT CELL T O DO

=)MORE T O D O

~~~®~~ ~[h[] l~tm

FOR

AIM/SYM/KIM

8K STATIC RAM P~~~R

Sockets for 8K Eprom

6522 1/0 Port

ON BOARD REGULATORS

EPROMPROGRAMMER

MEMORY PLUS: 520000 FULLY ASSEMBLED AND TESTED

AIM/SYM/KIM

UPPER/l ower case ASCII

128 Addit ional User Programmable

Characters: GRAPHICS·

SYMBOLS·FOREIGN CHARACTERS

Programmable Screen Format up to

8 0 CHARACTERS - 2 4 LINES

KEYBOARO and L IGHT PEN Inter faces

Up 1 0 4K D ISPLAY RAM

Pr ov isi on lo r 2 K EPROM

Pr ov isi on t o ad d 6 50 2 f or

STANO·ALONESYSTEM

ASSEMBLED AND TESTED

WITH 2K DISPLAY RAM

VIDEO PLUS: $24500

ADO UPTO F IVE ADDITIONAL BOARDS

AUDIOITTY CONNECTIONS

POWER TERMINALS

APPLICATION CONNECTORS

AIM/SYM/KIM

FULLY BUFFERED

FULLY DECODED

KIM·4 Bus Structure

MorH ER PLUS: $8000 FULLY ASSEMBLED AND TESTED

;J~[] l~tmFOR

AIMISYMIKIMSame S IZE and SHAPE as k IM /SYM

Professional Quality

Double Sided, Plated through Holes

Two Sets of GOLD Plated Dual 22 Fingers

Designed lor-WIRE WRAP Or

SOLDER Connections

Provisions lor 4014/16 pin sockets

424/40 pin sockets

J voltage regulators PROTO PLUS: $4000

617/256-3649

MICRO - The8502 J)urnal 16:23



1082 B l 00

10811 A 2 00

1086 OA

1087 91 00

1089 FO 02

108B A2 FF1080 86 30

108F A9 IF

1091 25 001093 18

10 911 6 9 O il

1096 A8

1097 A5 001099 l lA

109A llA

109B llA

109C llA

1090 llA

109E 85 0410AO A9 03

10A2 25 01

10A4 OA

10A5 OA

10A6 OA

10A7 05 04

10A9 1810AA 69 04

lOAC 20 F9 10

lOAF AO 00

lOBI 20 E5 10

10B4 90 CC

10B6 A5 07

10B8 4A

10B9 4A

lOBA AA

10BB 90 54 COlOBE BD 08 11

lOCI 85 07

10C3 AD 00 CO

10C6 10 07

IOC8 80 54 CO

10CB 80 10 CO

10CE 60

10CF A5 06

1001 FO F5

1003 1\9 00

1005 65 06

1007 4C 2C 10

10DA A9 00

lODC 65 00

lODE 85 06

10EO A9 OC

10E2 85 01

10E4 60

16:24

•• PASS2 WILL DISPLAY TH E

• ARRAY BY PLOT TING POI NTS

• IN CRT #1 OR #2 AND

• WILL TH EN SWAP SCREENS

•PASS2 LDAIY APTR

LDXIM $00

ASLA

STAI Y APTR

BEQ SE1COL

LDXIM $FF

SET COL STX COLOR

LDAIM $lF

AND APTRCLC

ADCI M $04

TAY

LOA APTR

LSRA

LSRA

LSRA

LSRA

LSRA

STA NNUM

LDAI M $03

AND APTR

ASLA

ASLA

ASLA

ORA NNUM

CL CADCIM $04JSR PLOT X

GET CURRENT CELL

ASSUME DEAD: COLOR = 0

SH IFT ONE BIT LEFT

AND PUT B ACK

=)NOT ALIVE I

ALI VE: COLOR = 15

X CO-ORDINATE IS

LOW 5 BI TSBUMP DOWN TO

CENTER OF CRT

OF APTR

Y CO-ORDI NATE IS

HIGH 3 BIT S

OF

APTR

H OL D T EM PO RA RI LYNOW MERGE IN

+01 2 LOW BI TS OF

APTR HI

TO FORM

FULL

Y C O- OR DI N AT E

B UMP DOWN T OCENT ER OF CRTPLOT T HE POINT

LDYI M $00 INDEX

JSR B UMP BUMP TO NEXT POI NT

BCC PASS2 =)00 ALL CELLS

•• SET HARDWARE T O DI SPLAY THE CURRENT

• SCREEN AND SWAP OVER TO TH E OTHER SIDE

•LO A

LSRALSRA

TAX

STAXLDAX

ST A

CRT GET CRT NUMBER

SCALE DOWNTO 0 OR 1 RANGE

TO I NDEX REG

CRTFLI FLIP CRT DISPLAYCRTNUM GET CRT NUMBER

CRT FOR NEW CRT

•

•

• CONTI NUE RUNNI NG UNLESS

• ALL DEAD OR KEY HI T

LOA

BPL

RETURN STA

ST A

RTS

KB

NOKEY

CRTFLI

KBS

CHECK KEYS

=)NO KEY H IT

SET CRT #1 ALWAYS

C LE AR K EYB OA RD

NOKEY LOA NCELLS GET COUNT OF CELLS

SEQ RETURN =)ALL DEAD

LDAIM $00 MORE LEFT

STA NCELLS CLEAR COUNT AND

JMP PASSI GO AROUND AGAIN

•• SET UP ARRAY POINT ERS

•ORIGIN LDAIM $00

STA APTR

STA NCELLSL DAI M AST ART

STA APTR

RT S

•

SET UP TH E

LO B YTE OF APT R

AND CLEAR CELL COUNT

SET UP START

+01 OF ARRAY

• B UMP APTR. RESETS IT IS

• WE GO PAST EHD OF ARRAY.

10E5 E6 00

10E7 DO OE

10E9 E6 01

lOEB A5 01

lOED C9 10

10EF DO 06

10F 1 A9 OC

10F3 85 01

10F5 38

10F6 60

10F7 18

10F8 60

10F9 4A

10FA 08

10FB 20 47 rs

10FE A5 07

1100 18

1101 65 27

1103 85 27

1105 4C 05 rs

1108 04

1109 00110A OF

110B FF

110C EO

1100 FF

110E El

110F FF

1110 FF

1111 FF

1112 01

1113 00

1114 IF

1115 00

1116 20

1117 001118 21

1119 00

S YMB OL T AB LEAEND 0010

ARH 0031'

ATL 004;~

CLRA 1009

CRT 000'7

IHIT 1000

NBCHK 10311

MHUH 000 11

ORI GIN 10011RETURN 10ca

SUB PT 1051


•• CARRY T ELLS IF WE H IT

• THE END OF T HE ARRAY:

• 0 8 N O, 1 = YES

•BUMP INCZ APTR

BNE BUMPO

INC APTR

LOA APTR

CMPIM AEND

8NE BUMPO

LO A HI ASTARTST AZ APTR

B UMP LO H ALF

=)NOT OFF END

+01 BUMP HI HALF

+01 GET IT

OFF T HE END?

=)NOT YET

=)YES: RESET AND

+ 0. 1 T EL L C AL LE R

SE C

RT S

BUMPO CLC

RT S

•• SPECIAL FORM OF "PLOT"

• ROUTINE: MONIT OR'S ONE

• DOESN'T ALLOW PLOT TING

• IN SECOND CRT BUFFER,

• SO WE ADD A H OOK FOR IT

•PLOTX LSRA

PH P

JSR GBASCA

•• AB OVE INSTRUCTIONS ARE

• TAKEN RIGHT OUT OF TH E• MONITOR'S ROUTINE. B UT

• WE WILL NOW UPDATE TH E

• HI ADDRESS IN "GB ASH"

• TO FORCE PLOT TING IN T HE• CORRECT SCREEN BUFFER

•LOA

CL C

AD CST A

JM P

CRT GET CRTADD TO T HE

GBASH VALUE FOR

GBASH POSSIBLE SECOND CRT

$F805 AND CONTINUE WIT H

•• DATA AREAS• (READ ONLY)

•CRT NUM $04

$0 0OFFSET = $DF

$FF

$E O$F F

$E l

$F F

$F F

$F F

$01

= $00

$lF$00

= $20

$00

$21$0 0

2000 20FCAPTR 0000

ARL 003E

BUMP 10E5

COLOR 0030

DI E 1 0 7 0

KB COOO

NCELLS 0006

NOKEY 10CF

PASSQ 102C

RUN 1029

SURVI V 1075

AQ H 0030

ASTART OOOC

BUHPP 10F7

CRTFLI C054

GB ASCA F84 7

KBS COlO

NCNT 0005

NPT R 0002

PASSR 1082SETCOL 1080

AQL 003C

ATH 0043

CHKBIR 1071

CRTNUM 1108

GBASH 0027

MOVE F32C

NEXTNB 1050

OFFSET 110A

PLOTX 10F9

STORE 1053

September, 1979



;

PYGMY

PROGRAMMING

* PRESENTS *

APPLE BUSINESS SOFTWAREA P P L E -D M S © 4 8 k & d i s k r e q u i r e d $ 4 9 . 0 0

Apple data m anagem en t system ... the ultim ate in free-

form system s. Y ou de fin e the nam e and len gth of fie lds

w ith in e ac h re cord . M ulti d isk c ap ab ility g iv es you a cc ess

to thousands of records a t on ce w ith the in c luded

sort/ ed it fea ture s! The prin t form at is a lso d efin ed b y the

use r for c ustom re port g en era tion . Use s in clud e m ailin g

labe ls, 'in ven tory, personn e l da ta and other recordk e ep in g f un c ti on s .

A P P L E - S C R IB E -2 © d i s k o r c a s s e t t e $ 4 9 . 0 0Text p rocessor ... the pe rfec t add ition to an y b usin ess

system . Th is is a non -lin e orien ted ed itor tha t a llow s

upper and low er case le tte rs, an y w id th paper and an yle ng th p ag e. In clud ed fe ature s a re a utom a tic h ea din gs,

da te and page num ber, r igh t hand justifica tion , searc h

w ith un ive rsa l or in div id ua l re pla ce me nts. Te xt is store don d isk or c assette for easy re tr ie va l.

P.O. Box 3078 • Scottsdale, AZ 85257

F R E E !up to ,$ 1 70 in merchandisewith the purchase of PET-COMitem!!! M ~ ~ ~ E H .

PET 16K Large Keyboard $ 995 $130PET 3 2K Large Keyboard $1295 $170PET 8K $ 795 $100

PET 2040 D ua l D isk (343K) $129 5 $170

PET 202 3 P rin te r ( pr es fe e d) $ 849 $110PET 2022 P rin te r ( tra e fe e d) $ 995 $130

K IM-1 $159 (A dd $3 0 lor Pow er Sup ply) SYM-16 500 Program min g M an ual

2114 L 450 n s '' '''''''' ''''''' '''''''' ''''''' '' 5 .90 24/ 5. 152716 EPROM (5 Volt)6 550 RAM ( fo r 8K PET)6 502 M icroproc essor C hip6 522 V IA6 520 PIAPET 4 Voic e M usic B oa rd (M TUK -1002-2)Music Softw are (K -1002-3 C) for PETProgram mers Toolkit - PET ROM Utilit iesM icrochess 2.0 for PET or APPLEPET W ord Processor - Machine Language

3 M "Sc otc h" 8" disks3 M "Sc otc h" 5" d iskettesV er ba tim 5 " d isk et te s 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cassettes ( al/ ta pe s g ua ra n te e d)Prem ium q uality, h igh output low noise in 5 sc rewhousin g w ith lab els:

C -10 10/5.95 50/25.00 100/48.00C-30 10/7.00 50/30.00 100/57.00

WR ITE FOR 6 502 ANO S -1 00 PROOUCT LIST

115-8 E. Stum p Roa d

A B Computers Mon tg ome ry ville . PA 1 89 3 61215) 699-8386

S A L E

$222.006.50

100/4.4542.0012.709.759.755.50

s 49.00$ 19 .00$ 45.00

17.9024.00

1 0 /$ 3 1 -

1 0 /$ 3 5 -

1 0 /$ 2 7 _

K IM /S Y M /A IM -6 5 - 3 2 K E X P A N D A B L E R A M

D Y N A M IC R A M W IT H O N B O A R D T R A N S P A R A N T R E F R E S HT H A T I S C O M P A T IB L E W IT H K IM / S Y M /A IM - 6 5A N D O T H E R 6 5 0 2 B A S E D M IC R O C O M P U T E R S .

• P L U G C OM PA TI B L E W IT H K IM /S YM / A IM ~5 .

M A Y B E C O N NE C T ED T O P E T U S IN G A D AP TO RC A B L E . S S 4 4 - E B US E DG E C O NN EC TO R .

• U S E S + 5 V O N L Y (S U P P L I E D F R O M H O S T

C O MP U TE R B US ). 4 W A T T S M A X IM UM .

* B O AR D A DD RE S SA BL E IN 4 K B Y T E B L O C K SW H IC H C A N B E ! ND E P EN D E NT L v P LA C E D O N

4 K B Y T E B O UN DA R I E S A NY W HE R E IN A 6 4 K

B YT E A D DR E S S S PA C E.

* B U S B U FF ER ED W IT H 1 L S T T L L O AD .

* 2 0 0N SE C 4 11 6 R A MS .

* F U L L D O C U M E N TA T IO N

* A S S E M B L E D A N D T E S T E D B O A R D S A R EG U A R A N T E E D F O R O N E Y E A R . A N D

P U RC HA SE P R IC E I S F UL L Y R EF UN D AB L E I FB O AR D IS R ET U RN ED U N DA MA GE D W IT H IN

1 4 D A Y S .

ASSEMBLED,

TESTED

W ITH 32K RAM. . . . . . 1449 .00

W ITH 1 6K RAM. . . SJ79.00

W ITHOUT RAM CHIPS.. . . .. . SJ09.00

H ARD TO G ET PARTS ONL Y (NO RAM C HIPS) .

B ARE B OARD AND MANUAL .

C O N NE C TS T H E A BO VE :1 2 K E XP AN D A BL E R AM T O A 4 K O R 8 K P E T.

C O N TA IN S E XP AN S IO N IN TE RF A C E C A B L E . B DA R D S TA ND O F F S ,

P OW E R S U P PL Y M O D I F IC A TIO N K IT A N D C O MP LE TE IN S T R u c n ON S .

KIT

S419.00

S 3 4 9 1 1 0

S279.OO

. . S I50. 00

.. . S 50 .0 0

I

BETA COMPUTER DEVICES 0 C " A L L A S S E M B L E D B O A R D S A N D M E M ·POBOX 3465 . - ,-,- ,"~' , ,,-' '~ F D R Y C HIP S C AR R Y A F UL L O N E Y E A R

ORANG~71~~~~~07~~~A 92665 D~ • c o-c~D -.C: ~~~~: ~ , ' " R E PL A CE M EN T W A R A NT Y

1 6K X I D YN AM IC R AM

T H E M K4 1 1 6 - 3 I S A 1 6 , 3 8 4 B I T H IG H S P E E D

N MO S , D YN AM IC R A M . T HE Y A RE E QU IV AL E NTT O TH E M O S T E K , T EX A S I N S TR U ME N TS . O R

M O TO R O LA 4 11 6- 3.* 2 D D N S EC A C C ES S T IM E , 3 7 5 N SE C C Y C LET I M E

* 1 6 P I N T TL C O MP A T lB LE

* B UR NE D IN A ND F UL L Y T E ST E D

• P A R TS R E P L A C E M E N T G U A R A N T E E D F O R

O N E Y EA R .

1 9. 5 0 E AC H IN O U AN TI T IE S O F B

M O TO R O LA M E MO R Y A D D RE S S M U LT IP LE XE R -

M C 3 24 2A

T H E M C 3 2 4 2 A I S A N A DD RE SS M UL T I P LE XE RA N D R E F R E S H C O U N T E R F O R 1 6 P IN , 1 6 K

D YN A M IC R A M S T H A T R EQ U IR E A 1 2 B C YC LE

R E F R E S H .

• C ON TA IN S M EM OR Y R EF RE S H C OU NT E R* M UL T IP L E X E S S YS TE M 1 4 B I T A DD RE S S T O

T H E 7 A D D R E S S P IN S O F T H E R A M S .

* C O M PA T I B LE W I T H 3 48 0 M E M OR Y

C O N T R O L L E R

• P AR T I S G UA RA NT EE D.S I 2 . 5 0 E A C H

M O TD R OU D YN AM IC M EM O RY C O NT RO LL ER -

M C 3 4 8 0 L

M EM O RY C O NT RO LL ER D ES IG N E D T O S IM P L I F Y

C ON TR O L O F 1 6 P I N 4 K O R 1 6 K D YN A M I C R AM S

* G EN ER A T E S R AS /C A S A ND R EF R E SH T IM IN GS IG NA LS F O R 1 6K T O 6 4K B YT E M EM O RIE S .

* G EN ER A T ES M EM O RY R EA D /W R IT E T IM IN G

* D IR E C T I N T E R F A C E W IT H M O T O R O L A O RIN T E L 3 2 4 2 A A DD RE S S M UX A ND R EF RE S H

C O U N T E R .

* P A R T G U A R A NT E ED .

S I 3 . 9 5 E A C H

6 5D 2. 64K B YT ER A M A N D C O N TR O LL ER SETM AK E 5 4 K B Y T E M EM O RY F OR Y O UR 6 8 0 0 D R

6 50 2. T HI S C H IP S ET I N C LU D E S

* 3 2 M 5K 4 1 1 6 - 3 1 6 K X 1 , 2 0 0 N S E C R A M S.* 1 M C 34 8 0 M EM O RY C ON T R OL L E R .

* 1 M C 3 2 4 2 A M E M O R Y A D D R E S SM U L TI P LE XE R A N D C O UN TE R .

• D A T A A N D A P P L I C AT IO N S H E E T S P A R TS

T ES T ED A N D G U AR A NT EE D .

S 2 9 5. o o P ER S E T

E P R O M2 71 6- 4 5 0N SE C . . S 4 9. / W



SYM·1 Event Timer

Help that onboard 6532 earn its keep with this 100KHzevent timer. It handles up to 50 elapsed time intervalsor successive timed events.

M ICR O-WAR E A SS EMB LER 65 11-1. 0II

II EVENT T I MER PROGRAMII

II B Y S TE PH EN J. FARIS

II MODIFI ED B Y MI CRO ST AFFII

02AF G ET K E Y II $88AF

02AF ACCESS II $8B86

02AF OUTB YT II $82FA

02AF SCAND II $8906

02AF Dl II $0000

02AF D2 II $0001

02AF D3 II $0002

02AF NII

$000602AF Rl II $0006

02AF R2 II $00'56

02AF R3 II $00A6

02AF DB l II $A645

02AF DB 2 II $A644

02AF DB 3 II $A643

02AF DB4 II $A642

02AF DB 5 II $A641

02AF PAO II $AOOl

02AF PB O II $AOOO

0200 ORG $0200

0200 78 SE I D IS AB LE I NT ER RU PT S

0201 F8 SE D

0202 A2 00 LDXIM $00 SET DECI MAL .MODE

0204 A9 50 LDAIM $50 AND SET X=O

0206 8D 7 E A 6 ST A $A67E0209 A9 02 LDAI M $02

020B 8D 7 F A6 ST A $A67F T H EN SET I NTERRUPT VECT OR,

020E A9 FF I NIT LDAI M $FF

0210 85 00 ST A Dl

0212 85 01 ST A D2

0214 85 02 ST A D3 INIT COUNTER

0216 AD 01 AO ST ART 1 LDA PA O

0219 29 01 A ND 1 M $01 LOOK FOR "1" LEVEL

021B FO F9 B EQ START1 AT PAO I NPUT

021D AD 01 AO ST ART 2 LDA PA O

0220 29 01 ANDI M $01 LOOK FOR "0" LEVEL

0222 DO F9 B NE START2 AT PAO I NPUT

0224 58 CLI

0225 00 B RK GE NE RA TE I NT ER RU PT

0226 EA NOP

0227 A5 02 ST OPl LDA D3

0229 C9 FF CMPIM $F F LOOK FOR "1" LEVEL AT PB O022B FO OE B EQ ESC I NPUT WI T H T I MEOUT AFTER

022D AD 00 AO LDA PB O 99 I N D3

0230 29 01 ANDIM $0 1

0232 FO F3 B EQ STOPl

0234 AD 00 AO ST OP2 LDA PB O LOOK FOR "0" LEVEL

0237 29 01 ANDI M $01 AT PB O I NPUT

0234} DO F9 B NE STOP2

0 23 I ! & 8 ESC I 8I I NCREMENT I FOR NEXT POI NT

023C A5 00 LDA 01

023E 95 06 STAZX Rl

0240 A5 01 LOA 02

02112 85 56 S1A R2

16:26 MICRO - The 6502 Journal

Stephen J. FarisSyner.tek Inc.

400 Humphrey StreetSwampscott, MA 01907

Very often it is desired to measure the

time between two events, such as the

start and end of a race or the time taken

to respond to a given stimulus. The time

between events can occur from a given

start pulse to each succeeding pulse as

follows:

STAR'I' 3

STOPTOP STOP

This article will use the SYM·l board's

6532 timer and keyboard display to

create a device which can measure up to

50 time intervals, store them in memory

and then read them out one at a time.

The first segment of the program is a loop

loop to look for the start pulse, set up

the 6532 timer and then look for the stop

pulse. To measure the time between

events, the 6532 generates an interrupt

whenever it times out. The interrupt rou-

tine increments a 6·digit counter which

counts the number of time intervals un-

til the stop pulse is found. With minor

modifications the program can ac-

complish both types of event measure-

ment mentioned earlier.

For example, the program listing shown

will measure time events per Figure 2. Inorder to measure as per Figure 1,change

the BNE (24B) instruction to jump to

STOP 1.The number of time events is fix-

ed by N. The last segment of the pro-

gram is the readout routine. This routine

will read out each time interval from 1 to

N, stopping so that the answer can be

written down before going on

automatically to the next. After corn-

pletinq the routine, the program jumps

back to the beginning.

September, 1979



The time interval increments can be

changed by accessing different dividers

of the 6532 and changing the timer count

To operate the program the following

steps are necessary:

1. Enter in location N the number of

time intervals to be measured. (In

HEX, less than 31.)

2. Decide what type of time intervals

are to be measured (i.e. Figure 1or

Figure 2).3. Decide time interval needed and

enter VAL from Table I.

4. Start program at location 200.

5. Display results by hitting 1 on the

keyboard.

The interface hardware to the event

timer can be a 556 timer connected as

shown in Fi~lure 3.

The input signals can be derived from

switches, light coupled devices or

transducers. The output pulses are 50

microseconds wide and positive going.

This conditions the input pulses so the

software can look for a minimum widthpulse. The only other hardware required

is a SYM-1 board, cassette and power

supply.

\~.I

lK

i n p u ts t a r t

p u l s e

o u t p u tt o PA O

of SYM-l

a p p l i c a t i o n

p o r t

+5V _. __ ,..- ,-- __ --,

i n p u ts t o p

p u l s e

0.01 uf

o u t p u t

t o PE O

of SYM-l

a p p l i c a t i o n

p o r t I

Figure 3:Connecting a 556timerfor use as an interface to theevent timer.

September,1979

0244 A ~ 02 LOA 03 S TO RE R ES UL TS

02 46 85 A 6 S T A R3 I N M EM ORY LO CA TI ON S

0248 78 S EI02119 E4 0 6 CPI N I S NUM B ER OF I NT ERVA LS DONE

024B D O Cl B NE I N I T024D I IC 6 A 02- JMP R D OU T JUMP T O D I SPLAY

•• 6-D IGI T CO UN TE R I NT ER RU PT R OU TI NE

•02 50 118 I N T R PH A

0251 A9 11 9 LD A I M $49

0253 80 1C A 4 S T A $A41C

0256 A 9 0 1 LD A I H $0102~ 8 65 06 A D C Rl

025A 85 06 S T A Rl

02 5C A 5 00 [J)A $00

02 5E 65 56 A D C R2

02 60 85 56 S T A R2

02 62 A 9 00 LD A I H $00

02 64 65 A 6 A D C R302 66 85 A 6 S T A R302 68 68 PL A

0269 40 RT I

•• REA D OUT ROUT INE

•

uf

02 6A 20 86 8B RD OUT ' JS R A CCES S02 60 20 AF 88 KEY JSR GET KEY

02 70 C 9 31 CMPI M $31

02 12 D O F9 B NE KEY02 74 A 6 06 LDX N

02 76 A O PO L4 LDYI M $FO

02 78 B 5 A6 LD A ZI R302 7A 20 FA 82 JS R OUT B YT

02 7D B 5 56 LD A ZX R202 7F 20 FA 82 JS R OUT B YT0282 B 5 0 6 LD A ZX Rt

02 84 20 FA 82 JS R OUT B YT

02 87 A 9 FF L3 LD A I M $FF0 2 8 9 80 I F Al l S T A $A 41F

02 8e 8D O~ A 4 S T A $A 404

02 8F 8E 00 0 3 S T X $03000292 8e 01 0 3 S T Y $0301

0295 20 06 89 L1 JSR S CA ND

02 98 A D 05 A l l LD A $A 40502 9B 10 F8 B PL Ll

02 9D A E 00 0 3 LD I $030002 A O A C 01 0 3 LDY $0301

02 A 3 88 D EY

02A 4 FO 03 B EQ L2

02A 6 4 e 8 7 02 JMP L3

02A 9 CA L2 D EI

02" D O e A B NE L4

02A C I I C OE 02 JMP I NI T

D B R A 644

D Q 0000

GE TKE Y 88A F

LQ 0295

N 0006

RD OUT 026A

S C Al l 'D 8 90 6S T OPR 0234

A CCES S 8B 86 D B Q A645

D B T A 642 D B U A64lrs 0002 Es e 023B

lK I N T R 0250 KEY 026D

LS 0287 LT 0276PAP A OOl PB P A OOO

R R 0056 RS 00A 60.1 uf

S TA RT R 0210 S TOP Q 0227

uf

P UC H A C CU M UL A TO R

LO AD T IM ER

T WO LE AS T S IGN IFI CA NT

D IG ITS

M I DD LE T WO D I GI TS

P UL L A C CU M UL A TO R

RE TURN FRO M I NT ERRUPT

U N-WR IT E P RO T EC TS EA RCH FOR "1" KEY

LOA D Y FOR D I SPLAY T I M E

ON EA CH I NT ERVA L

S ET UP T I M ER FOR

D IS PLA Y T IM E

S CA N D I SPLAY UNT IL T IM EOUT

RES T ORE X A ND Y

D B S A 643

D R 0001I NI T 020E

LR 02A 9

O UT BYT 82FA

RQ 0006

S TA RT Q 0216

TIME INTERVAL

Table 1:Time Interval Data

VALUE ADDRESS

(253of Program)A41C

A41D

A41E

A41F

100 MICROSECONDS

1 MILLISECOND

10 MILLISECONDS

100 MILLISECONDS


49

7A

9C

62

16:27



BOX 120

ALLAMUCHY, N.J. 07820

201-362-3574

H U D SON D IG ITAL EL ECTRON ICS IN C.

inc.

TH E HDE MIN I-DI:SK SYSTEM

VERSIONS

KIM

TIM

AIM 65 - 4th Otr. '79

SYM -1 st Otr. '80

SINGLE DRIVE

DUAL DRIVE

$ 795.00

$1195.00

Complete with all hardware.

Interconnecting cables, FODS,

text editor and user and instal-

lation manuals.

The HDE DMS16·MD1 Mini Disk System is the per-

ipheral you have been waiting for. No longer bounded

by long and unreliable cassette saves and loads, your

computer becomes a sophisticated system for program

development or general purpose use. With the HDE

Mini-Disk you load and save programs in seconds, not

minutes or hours. And, since all transfers to and from

the Miri-Disk are verified for accuracy, the data will be

there when you need it.

The HDE DMS16-MD1 Mini·Disk has been "systems"

engineered to provide a complete and integrated capa-

bility. Software and hardware have been built as a team

using the most reliable com ponents available. The sys-

tems software includes the acclaimed and proven

HDE File Oriented Disk System and Text EDitor, requir-

Ing only SK for the operating software and overlay area.

Systems expanding programs available include the

two-pass HDE assembler, the Text Output Processing

System and Dynamic Debugging Tool. Hardware In-

cludes a Western Digital 1771 based controller In a

state-of·the-art 4'/, x 6'1," card size, Shugart SA400 drive

and the Alpha power supply.

The storage media for the DMS16-MD1 ISthe stan-

dard, soft sectored 5'/4' mini diskette readily available

at mosl computer stores, and HDE has desrqneo the

system so that the diskettes rotate only durinq disk

transactions, favorably extending media life. A disk

formatter routine included with the system, formats the

diskettes, verifies media integrity by a comprehensive

R/W test and checks drive RPM. Additional utilities

provide ascending or descending alpha numeric sort.disk packinq, text output formatting, file renaming,

file addressing and other capabilities.

HDE PRODUCTS. BUILT TO BE USED WITH CONFIDENCE.

AVAILABLE DIRECT OR FROM THESE FINE DEALERS:

LONG ISLAND

co v1PUTER GENERAL STORE LONE STAR ELECTRONICSOHNSO~I COMPUTER PLAINSMAN MICROSYSTEMS ARESCO

PO Box 43

Audubon, Pa. 19407

215-631-9052

Box 488

Manchaca. Texas 78652

612-282-357C

103 Atlantic Avenue

t.ynbrock, NY 11563

516-887'1500

Box 523

Medina, Ohio 44256

216-725-4560

Box 1712

Auburn, Ala. 36830

800-633-8724



AIM·65 in the Ham Shacl(

Have a field day with this message transmitter ancl keyer.It will accept and save messages to be broadcast auto-

matically, as needed, in response to a single keystroke.

\,

T OTRANSMITTER

9

r----I

< J -T OTRANSl l ITTER

+5 V

Figure 1: Buffer circuit to key the transmitter.

Some transmitters may require the keying relay.

Only two ICs, a 74LSOO and a 7402 are required to

construct this interface and the keyer interface in

Figure 2. Both ICs have pin 14 as + 5V and pin 7 asGND.,

j

September, 1979 MICRO - The 8502 Journal

Dr.Marvin L . DeJong

Department of Mathematics

and Physics

TheSchool of the Ozarks

Point Lookout, MO65726

Contest operating is a lot easier if

standard messages such as "COCOVODE KOEI KOEI K" can be sent auto-

matically. The program listed in Table I

inthe AIM65 disassembly format allowsyou to dojust that. It has the following

features:

1) Three different messages, calledA, B, and C,may bestored inone

pageof memory. Thetotal numberof characters, including spaces,may not exceed 256 characters.

2) Themessages arecomposed andedited using the AIM65 keyboard.As the message is typed on the

keyboard, it appears on the dis-play and scrolls left. The delete

key allows corrections to bemade. The carriage return key

signals that the message is com-

plete, and the display blanks inpreparation for the next message.

3 ) When all three messages are

entered the display blanks again,

and you enter your code speed in

words per minute (indecimal). Thecode speed will remain displayed

until new messages are entered

by restarting the program.

4) With the messages and code

speed loaded, a depression of theA keywill result inmessageAbe-ing sent, theB keywill causethe B

messagetobesent, and the Ckey

will cause the C message to be

sent.

5) The code speed can be changedat the end of any message by

pressing the S key. This displaywill blank, and a new code speed

can beentered.6 ) A simple interface circuit and an

interrupt routine allow the same

program to be used as a keyer,

operating at the same speed as

the speed entered on thekeyboard. You must provide pad-dle, or modify a bug to make the

mechanical connections.

7) Code speeds from 5 wpm to 9 9

wpmarepossible for themessagesender and keyer, though it is

16:29



CB2

D O T

PB 7

Figure 2: Interface circuit for the keyer. All con-nections are to the Applications Connector on theAIM 65.

unlikely that any of us will ever

send 99 wpm with a keyer.

Before illustrating how the program

might be used, let me point out that a

similar program for the KJM-1 is schedul-

ed to appear in the September or Oc-

tober issue of 73 Magazine, and the

details of its operation are described

there. Only a few features unique to the

AIM 65 version will be given here. Also,

most of the display routines have been

described in a companion article in

MICRO, and they will not be described

again.

Let me describe how the keyer and

message sender might be used for Field

Day. You would start the program, then

load message A as follows: "CO CO CO

FD DE KOEIfOKOElfO K" Expecting so-

rneone to respond to your CO, message

Bwould be "DE KOEIUR MO MO BK"To use message B, you would first send

the other guy's call with the keyer and

then hit key B on the keyboard. The

blanks, spaces inserted by pressing the

keyboard, would be fil led by you, again

using the keyer, to give the proper signal

report. Message C might read "OSL ES

TU OM" and would be sent after you

received his signal report and section

correctly. It would not be difficult to

modify the program for sweepstakes or

16:30

•• M A I N PROGRA M

• M OD IFI ED 7-16-79• B Y M I CRO S T AFF

•0200

0200 78

0201 A9 A O

0203 8D OC A O

0 206 A 9 0 10208 8D 00 A O

0 20B 80 0 2 A O

0 20E 20 9 B 030 211 A2 0 0

0 213 A O 00

0 215 94 01

0 217 20 3C E9

0 21A C9 7F0 21C D O 10

0 21E A 9 2 00 220 88

0 221 99 00 01

0 224 8A

0225 48

0 226 20 85 03

0 229 68

022A A A

0 22B 18

0 22C 90 E9

0 22E C9 5B0 230 FO 2A

O RG

SEIL D A IM

S T A

L D A IMS T A

S T A

JS RL DX IM

L DY IM

S TYZ X

J SR

C MP IMB NE

L D A IMD EY

S TAY

T XA

PH A

JS R $0385

PLA

T AX

CLC


B CC $0217

CMPI M $5B

B EQ $025C

$0200

$A O

$ A OOC

$01

$ A OOO

$A002

$039B$00

$00

$0001

$E93C

$7F$022E

$20

$0100

0232 C9 00

0234 FO 13

0236 99 00 01

0239 8A

023A 48

023B B 9 00 01

023E 20 72 0 3

0241 20 60 0 30244 68

0245 A A

0246 c 8

0247 D O CE0249 8A

024A 48

024B 20 9B 03

024E 20 60 0 3

0251 68

0252 A A

0253 88

0254 94 04

0256 c 8

0257 E8

0258 EO 03

025A 90 B 9025C 20 9B 03025F 20 60 03

0262 20 3 C E9

0265 48

0266 20 72 030269 20 60 03

026C 68

026D 38

026E E9 300270 OA

027 1 OA

0272 OA

0273 OA

0274 85 11

0276 20 3 C E9

0279 48

027A 20 72 0 3

027D 20 60 03

0280 68

0281 38

0282 E9 30

0284 180285 65 11

0287 480288 29 FO

028A 4A

028B 85 10

028D 4A

028E 4A

02B F 18

0290 65 100292 85 10

0294 68

0295 29 OF0297 65 10

0299 85 10

029B 38029C A 2 00

029E A 9 9402A O 85 08

02A 2 A 9 04

02A 4 85 09

02A 6 A 5 08

02A 8 E5 10

02A A 85 08

02A C A 5 0902A E E9 00

02B O 85 09

02B 2 E8

02B3 B O F1

CMPI M $00

B EQ $0249

S T AY $0100

T XA

PH ALOAY $0100

JS R $037 2

JS R $0360

PL A

T AX

I NY

B NE $0217T XA

PH A

JS R $039B

JS R $036 0

PL AT AX

D EY

S TYZX $0004

I NY

I NX

CPXI M $03

B CC $0215J S H $039BJS R $0360

JS R $E93C

PH A

JS R $0372JS R $0360

PL AS EC

S B CI M $30

A S L A

A S L A

A S L A

A S L A

S T A Z $0011

JSR $E93C

PH A

JS R $0372

JS R $0360

PLA

S EC

S B CI M $30

CLCA D CZ $11

PH AA ND I M $FO

LSRA

S T A Z $0010

LSRA

LSRA

CLCA D CZ $0010S T A Z $0010

PL A

A ND I M $OFA D CZ $0010

S T A Z $0010

S ECLDXI M $00

LD A I M $94S T A Z $0008

LD A I M $04

S T A Z $0009

LOA Z $0008

S B CZ $0010

S T A Z $0008

LD A Z $0009S B CI M $00

S T A Z $00 09

I NX

B CS $02 A 6

September, 1979



02B 5 86 07

02B 7 A 9 4302B 9 80 04 A 4

02B C A 9 03

02B E 80 05 A 4

02C1 A9 90

02C3 80 OE A O

02C6 20 3C E9

02C9 58

02CA C9 53

02CC [' 0 B E

02CE A O 00

0200 C9 410202 [' 0 OA

0204 C9 42

0206 [' 0 05

0208 C9 43020A 00 EA

020C c 8

0200 c 8

020E B 6 01

02EO 20 EO 02

02E3 8A

02E4 09 04 00 .

02E 7 [' 0 00

02E9 E802EA 4C EO 02

02EO 8A

02EE 48

02E[, B O 00 01

0 2 [' 2 A A

02F3 B 5 00

02F5 FO 1E

02F7 OA

02F8 FO 1002FA 48

02FB B O 06

02FO 20 1A 030300 4c 06 03

0303 20 33 03

0306 68

0307 4c F7 02

030A A 2 02

030C 20 38 03030F CA

0310 00 [' A

0312 68

0313 A A

0314 60

0315 A 2 04

0317 4C OC 03

031A A 2 01

031C CE 00 A O

031F 20 38 03

0322 CA0323 00 FA

0325 A O 00 A O0328 4A

0329 B O 07

032B EE 00 A O

032E E8

032F 4C 1F 03

0332 60

0333 A 2 030335 4c 1C 03

0338 A 5 07

September, 1979

S T XZ $0007

LOA I M $43S T A $A 404

LOA I M $03

S T A $A 405

LOA I M $90

S T A $A OOE

JS R $E93C

CL I

$53

$025C$00

$41$020E

$42

$0200

$43$02C6

C MP IM

B EQ

L OY IM

C MP IMB EQ

C MP IMB EQ

C MP IM

B NEI NY

I NY

LOXZY $01

JSR $02EO

T XA

CMPY $00 04

B EQ $02C6

I NX

JMP $02 EO

• S EN D S UB RO UT IN E

• T XA

PH A

LD AX $0100

T AX

LOAX $00

B EQ $0315

A S L A

B EQ $03 0A

PH A

B CS $03 03

JS R $03 1A

JMP $03 06

JS R $03 33

PL A

JMP $02F7

LOXI M $02

JS R $03 38OEX

B NE $030CPL A

T AX

RT S

•• OI T A NO OA H• S UB RO UT I NE S

•LOXI M $04

JMP $03 0C

LOXI M $01OEC $A O OO

JS R $03 38

OEXB NE $031F

LOA $A OOOLSRA

B CS $0332

I NC $A OOO

I NX

JMP $031F

RT S

LOXI M $03

JMP $031C

•• T IM ER S UB RO UT IN EIi

LOA Z $0007

other contests. Any t ime you vlant to ln-sert something in a message, oe sure toleave enough time, in ASCII spaces, tokey in the insert. You soon gel the hangof working so smoothly that no one willrecognize your insert for what it is.

Some notes about the proqrarn maybe useful if you want to modify it for yourown purposes. Instruct ions start ing at$0200 and ending at $025F are used toload the three messages. The instruc-

tions starting at $0262 and sndlnq at$0285 are used to enter the code speedin decimal, convert the ASCII represen-tations to decimal numbers, and storethe result in location $0011. The lnstruc-tions starting at $0287 and sndlnq at$0299 are used to convert this decimalnumber to a hexadecimal number andstore it in location $0010. The lnstruc-tions starting at $029B and ending at$02B5 are used to convert the speed to anumber to be loaded into tile divide-by-1024 timer. The remainder of the pro-gram tests for A, B, or C key depres-sions, and it calls on var ous sub-routines to send the message If you donot want to use the AIM 65 as a keyer,

then you may omit the interrupt rout ine.

Note that in my program listings I us-ed page one, addresses $0100 and up-ward to store the message. I ""ould notrecommend this, but since I have only1K of memory, I could not use $0400 to$04FF. If you have more than 1K ofmemory, I would urge you to change allthe $0100 addresses in the program to$0400or the page of your own choosing.These instructions are located at $0221,$0236, $023B, and $02EF.

The interface circuits are shown inFigures 1 and 2. Figure 1 gives a circuitthat simply buffers the output of the PBO

pin to key my transmitter. A optionalrelay may be required for other trans-mitters. The NOR gates were used be-cause I needed a NOR gate in the keyercircuit, and the NOR gates allow you toOR your own keyer to the messagesender circuit. The keyer circuit is shownin Figure 2. Basically it debounces thedot and dash paddle connectlons, and itmay be reset with a pulse fron pin CB2.

When the key is put in either the dot ordash position, a negative going signal isproduced at pine one of th 3 7402. Anegative pulse on CB1 produces an in-terrupt, so the program [urnps to pro-cess the interrupt routine. In the inter-rupt routine Port B is read (L DA AOOO),producing a negative pulse on CB2. Thisnegative pulse will reset the cross-coupled NAND gates if the <e y is up,otherwise pin one of the 7402 will stay atlogic zero. As long as it is at logic zerothe program continues to ser d dots (ordashes). Reading Port B also clears theinterrupt flag on the 6522. As soon asPB6 is set to logic one by the negativepulse from CB2, the interrupt routine iscompleted and execution co -nmues Inthe main program. fJ

MICRO - The 8502 Joumal

033A 80 97 A . 4

0330 2C 97 A 4

0340 10 FB

0342 60

0343 48

0344 8A

0345 48

0346 A O 00 A O

0349 30 06

034B 20 1A 03034E 4C 54 03

0 3 5 1 20 33 030 354 A O 00 A O

0357 OA

0 358 10 EC

0 35A 68

035B A A

035C 68

0350 40

0360

0360 A 2 13

0362 8A

0363 48

0364 B O 38 A 4

0 367 09 80

0 369 20 7B EF

036C 68

0 360 A A

036E CA

036F 10 F1

0 371 60

0 372 80 4C A 4

0375 A 2 01

0377 B O 38 A 4

037A CA

037B 90 38 A 4

037E E80 37 [' E B

0 3 B O EO 15

0382 90 F30 3 B 4 6 0

0 3 B 5 A 2 12

0387 B O 38 A 4

038A EB

038B 90 3 B A 4

03B E CA

038F CA

0390 10 F5

0392 A 9 20

0394 B O 3 B A 4

0397 20 60 03

039A 60

039B A 2 13

0390 A 9 20039F 90 3 B A 4

03A 2 CA

03A 3 10 FA03A 5 60

S T A $A 497

B I T $A 497

B PL $033D

RT S

• I NT ERRUPT RO UT IN E

PH A

T XA

PH A

LOA $A OOO

B M I $0351

JSR $031AJMP $0354

JS R $ 0 3 3 3

LOA $A OOO

A S L A

B PL $0346

PL A

T AX

PL A

RT I

•• O IS PL AY

• S UB RO UT I NU

•ORG $0360

LOXI M $13

T XA

PH A

LOA X $A 43B

OR A IM $ B O

JS R $EE' 7B

PL A

T AX

OEX

B PL $0362

RT S

•• M OO IFY S UB RO UT IN E

•S T A $A 44C

LOXI M $01

LOAX $A 43B

OEX

S T AX $A 438

I NX

I NX

CPXl M $15

B CC $0377RT S

•• B A CK SP AC E

• S UB RO UT I NE

•LOXl M $12

L D AX $ A 4 3 B

I NX

S T AX $A 438

OEX

OEX

B PL $ 0 3 B 7

LOA 1 M $20

S T A $ A 4 3 B

JS R $0360

RT S

•• CLE AR S UB RO UT IN E

•LOXI M $13

LOA I H $20

S T AX $A 438

OEX

B PL $039FRT S

16:31



ATARI® 400™

PERSONAL COMPUTER

SYSTEMP R IC E IN C LUD E S:

computer Console

BASIC Language Cartri dge

BASIC Language progr amming

Manual (Wil ey)

400 operator's Manual with

Note Book

power Supply

TV Switch BOx

ATARI® 800™

PERSONAL COMPUTER SYSTEM

P R IC E I NC LUD E S:Computer Console

BAS(C Language Car tridge

Education System Master Cartridge

BASIC Language PrOgramming

Manual (Wi ley)

BOO operator's Manual with Note Book

ATARI 410 Program Recorder

Guide to BASIC prOgramming Cassette

BK RAM Module· Power Supply'

TV Switch Box

$99999

WE PROMISE TO D EL IVER!!!• We GUARANTEE ship dates on prepaid Computer System orders. Send your orders in now!!!

• If for reasons beyond our control we miss a ship date, we will REFUND the shipping andhandling charges and give you a 10% DISCOUNTon any future software purchases for yourATARI®System. *

• For prepaid system orders, get a FREEAccessory Controller of your choice.

'Order must be prepaid by Cashier's Check made out to Computer Components of Orange County.

ATARI USER'S CROUP INFORMATION ... CALL (714) 891-2584

PERIPHERALS AND ACCESSORIESATARI@810™DISCDRIVE-DISKETTES

CX8100 BLANK DISKETIES"CX8101 DISK FILE MANAGER"

55.00/ea.

$749.99

ATARI® 820™PRINTER- $599.99

ACCESSORY CONTROLLERS

CX2C·01 DRIVING CONTROLLER PAIRCX30·04 PADDLE CONTROLLER PAIRCX40,04 JOYSTICK CONTROLLER PAIR

519.95/ea.

SOFTWAREGAMES $49.99/ ea.

CXL4004 BASKETBALLCXL4005 LIFE .CXL4006 SUPER BREAKOUTTMCX4008 SUPER BUGTM--

$39.99/ea.

CX6009 GREAT CLASSICS (ENGLISHICX6010 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONSCX6011 BASIC PSYCHOLOGYCX6012 EFFECTIVE WRITINGCX6013 AUTO MECHANICSCX6014 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICSCX6015 SPELLINGCX6016 BASIC ELECTRICITYCX6017 BASIC ALGEBRA

ATARI® 410™PROCRAM RECORDER$89.99ADD-ON MEMORY (800 ONLYI

CXB52 BK RAM MEMORY MODULE 5124.99CXB5316K RAM MEMORY MODULE $249. 99

(JI(ll(PI« n

APPLICATION $69.99

CXL4002 ATARI BASICCXL4003 ASSEMBLER DEBUG - -CXL4007 MUSIC COMPOSERCXL4009 COMPUTER CHESS- •

COMPUTER COMPONENTS OF ORANGE COUNTY

6791 westminster Ave., Westminster, CA92683 714-891-2584 Telex 182274Hours: Tues-Fri 11:00 AM to 8:00 PM-sat 10:00 AM to 6:00 PM-Sun 12:00 to 4:00 PM (Closed Mon)

Master charge, Visa, B of A are accepted. Allow 2 weeks for personal check to clear.Add $2.00 for handling and postage. For computer systems please add $10.00 for Shipping,

handling and insurance. California residents add 6% Sales Tax.• MAIL ORDERLINE (714) 891·2587 OrTELEX 182274.

VAN NUYS BURBANK LAWNDALE ORANGE COUNTY IRVINE(213}786-7411 (213}848-5521 (213) 370-4842 (714}891-2584 (714}891·2589

ROM CARTRIDGES

CXL4001 EDUCATION SYSTEM MASTERCARTRIDGE ... .... .... 534.99KEY: ( il = uses JoystiCk controller

(Pi = uses paddle conrrouer(dl = uses dr iving con rroue r

EDUCATION SYSTEM CASSETTE PROGRAMS

CX6001 u.s. H ISTORYCX6002 U.S. GOVERNMENTCX6003 SUPERVISORY SKILLSCX6004 WORLD HISTORY (WESTERN ICX6005 BASIC SOCIOLOGYCX6006 COUNSELING PROCEDURESCX6007 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTINGCX6008 PHYSICS

BASIC GAME ANDPROGRAM CASSETTES

CX4101 GUIDE TO BASIC PROGRAMMING-CX4102 BASIC GAME PROGRAMS-

529.95/ea.

• October Delivery • " NOvember Delivery

-Prices subject to change.-



\,

j

./

In Southern California we re Number oneuCOMPUTERCOMPONENTS (CCI)OFOR NGECOUNTY, your full

support computer store presents the fi est in personal computersSendfor our 36 pagefully illustrated catalog S3°0• SaveSO~by sendi the top one inch of this ad with your order.

AN INDUSTRYSTANDARD

Apple IIorApple II Pluswith 16K51195

c ompu t c z r

M W .. _ .

SPECIAL13" Color TVcompatiblewith Apple II

only 9900

with systempurchase

INTERFACE C, RDSPro to typl ng l ~obbV Card

Parallel ertnn r Inter face Cardc omm u n tc a t! m s c ar d & 08 25Connector C ,er e~Ign-Speed Sf: r\31Interi3Ce C3rdLanguage svs em wn n Pascal(48KRAM, [ ll sk IIaequr rernAPPlesOft IIF/ mwara Card16 I np ut Anal l g Car d

S 24.00

1BO.00

225.00195.00

495.00200.00295.00

ACCESSORIESDisk II-Drive I InIVD isk I I-Dr ive ~ Con trol le r (UK Min.RAM eeconr lendecH 595.00vinVI Carrying Case 30.00Tape Recordel 40.00Pr og rammer .; A id NO .1 F irmwa re ( Foruse with Intlger BASIC) 50_00CloclC/C3lend. r carc 199_00Aut o- St ar t R )M Pa ck ag e ( ForAPpleti OnlVDlglklt lzer Pol ' t ev taresIKltfonnl _ _.Hig" Re!iOlutit n L ight penMicromodem D_C_Haves)12' · B IW Leebl ·XMonitorCab le f rom M( nttor to Apple I I13· ·Co lo r TV( crnpannre withApple IISup-i t-MOduia or \ ll t= \

SOFTWARE FeR APPLE II

PASCAL from Icqramma 49.95FORTH 49.95I ISP- fromA~ J leSO ftwa re BkNo. 3 NI C

LISA-Interact ve disk assembler 34.95WHATSIT-Exc! tl en t conve rsat iona l database managE r UK 100 .00 4BK 125 .005ARGON-Cnam] Of 2nd Wes t coastCompu te r t=a reAPPLE PIE-EX .enent text edi torF-ORTE-MuSIc !Cltor Inhirest=ASTGAMMON· - sxc enene backgammongame wl tn gl il PhlCS Tap e 2 0. 00 Di sk 25 _00APPLE21-Ex( euen t blackjack game 9.95BRIOGECHALLI NGER-Computer b ri dge 14.95FINANCIAL MA .ACEMENT SYSTEM• Accounts Pa table • ledger processing• Accounts Re :elvable • Pavroll

: ~~~~n~~~ ~I ~~~~Ie : ~~go~~~~~~~~

~ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - . _ - -

APPLEII will change the way you think about computers.That's because it is specifically designed to handle theday to day tasks of education, financial planning,building security, scientific calculation, andentertainment. APPLEII is appealing and comfortable(like other appliances that make your life easier)' and itbrings to personal computing a new level of simplicitythrough hardware and software sophistication.

Reference Books for Apple and PETOwnersProgramming Manual (MOSTEK) . $12.00Hardware Manual (MOSTEK) . . . . 12.00programming the 6502 (ZAKS) . .9.956502 APplication Book (ZAKS) ,.,.. '12.95Programming a Micro Computer: 6502 (FUSTER) . 9.95

PETOwners OnlyPETUser Manual . , .Hands on BASICw ith a PET ..PETMachine Language Culde

. .. $9.95

..... 14.959.95

495_00

PRINTER SPECIALS FOR APPLE AND PET

TRENDCOM100 w ith Inter face forADPle o r PETL ITEPEN used W ith TVo r mon itorscreenALFMusiC svnenesner acarussuoertareeranaeex DP-BOOOwith tractera: paper w id th and Inter facero AppleCen tron ics 779 ·2 for App le 1\

with paral le l Interface

450.00

34.95265.00279_00

65.00

SOFTWARE {$e l1d for complete SOf twareCatalog $1.001

DOWJones ecrttouo Evaluator I

StOCk Ouote Reporter Diska r c r ccne s s 2.0 cne s s DiskDisk Uti li ty PaclCwith DOS3.2The Control ler (General Businesssystem) 625.00Apple Post (Mailing list System) 49_95Bowling Program Diskette 15_00The Cashi er lRe taUSto re Man3gemen t 250 .00Checkbook Cassette 20.00Applesoft II Language & DemocassetteRAM Test Tape with ManualFinance 1-2Cassette PaCkagenatamcver i reieecnq cassetteteem. Ca rd ' Mo dem ReQ ·d)Mlcroche!iS 2.0 Chess TapeBow li ng Program TapePasca l w ith l anguage Sys tem!48K RAM & Disk IIReQuired)

1050.00

124500

50.0025.0025.00

20.007_5025_00

7 SO20001500

495_00

499.00199.00379_00149009.95

290.0025.00

19.9524.9519.95

MISCELLANEOUSVlnvl mseeree Holder PagesIPkg of io: 8.50Diskette Boxes (BA Plastic) 4 SODiskettes (5··)Apple (Box of 101 50.00ve rbat im (Box o f 1m 3400ovsan (Box of 5) 25_00Decals (RainbOW Apple)ms t ce wrncowrz": l0COu ts roe Window (2··) l0COu e s r c e Window 11··) s cApple logo (Rainbow) t-snters 6_00so ec lf y-Me n. Women. o r c hi ld I smai lmed ium, o r l arge )

APple Owners OnlyApple I I Ref ,! rence ManualApple Soft nanual ... ,. ..,"'" 'Programmlr's Culde (computer Station)APPle II MOllltor Peeled ,. ,.Sof tWare 01rectory for Apple• Buslne! s , F inance & utility• Cames, Demo, Utility ,

Best o f corn act 78 ' . , . . .. . ...P rogrammllg In PASCAL (Crogono)

$10.0010.005.959.95

4.95.4.952.50,9.90

A PROFESSIONALBUSINESSSYSTEM

~~:rnrnodore CBM™

2001-16B$995

Also

2001-8 . , .... $7952001-16N , , .. $9952001-32N ... $12952001-32B , , . $1295

341KDUAL DRiVe-' 80 COL. DOT

MATRIXPRINTER

ACCESSORIES FOR PETCommodore PET Service Kit .Beeper- Tells when tape Is LoadedPetunla- ·Play music with PET .. . ,Video Bu 'fer-Attach another display.Combo- petunia and Video Buffer

S()FTW ARE FOR PET

$30.0024.9529.9529.9549.95

COMPUTER COMPONENTS OF ORANGE COUNTY

6791 westminster Ave., Westminster, CA92683 714-891-2584 Telex 182274Hours: Tues-Fri 11:00 AM to 8:00 PM-Sat 10:00 AM to 6:00 P -Sun 12:00 to 4:00 PM(Closed Mon)

Master Charge, Visa, B of A are accepted. Allow 2 we ks for personal check to ctear .Add $2.00 for handling and postage. For computer svste s please add $10.00 for Shipping,

handling and insurance. California residen s add 6% Sales Tax.

C8M 2040$1295

CMB 2022$995

AlSO

ExternalCassette .. , . $95PET to IEEEcable $39.95

Also

CBM 2023printer .. , ... $849IEEEto IEEEcable " .. $49.95

•• Retrofit kit required for operation with PET 2001·8 .

Mirrors arid Lenses ..... 19.95 checkers and Baccarat .7.95The state: ... ,. .14.95 Chess . . .. ... 19.95Real Estate 1 & 2. .59.95 Series and ParallelMomentum and Energy , .19.95 Circuit Analysis 19.95ProJectile Motion 19_95 Home Accounting 9.95MortgagE. . 14.95 BASIC Math 29.95Dow Jone; 7.95 Came Playing with BASICPetunia P ayerSftwr .... 14.95 Vol. I, II. III .. 9.95 each

PI JSmany more. Send for SoftWare catalog $1.00.

-Prices subject to change-



Stephen Bach ofRt 2, B ox 50Al,.Scott::jyille, VA

reports that th~ 24 H our AI M Clock program. on

MI CRO 10:7 should contain F? (SED] atl.dcation

0305, rather than 38 (SEClas published.

: , : , : : : , - - - : : : : ' : , _ ) - , , : : , : ' , , '

Peterj. Sl e ggs of 1208 Half' Mo.on Lane, Oakville

On tar io [.6 F 2 .6 5're por ts t hat th e. EK IM Exte nsi on

to the . monitor in MI CRO .11:20 will not .

perfor expected1n ..the autoincreinent and

branch mo E s, H e suggests changing .17Dl from

BO AD (B CS ST ART) t 4 (B CS GETK} •. Hr.. inclu

0381- 02 45 OA 41 20 53 49

0388- 55 OD 44 52 4A 4E 46 43

0390- 4B 54 5A 4C 57 48 59 500398- 51 4F. 4 2 47 06 4D 58 56.

03AO- 00 99 33 99 2D 99 07 38

03A8- 37 03 24 34 27 2C 21 3A

03B O- 28 35 22 29 32 23 36 30

03B 8- 31 39 3F 26 99 2E 2F 3B

03CO- 99 00 00 c o 00

[.t. Robert Carlson speculates that his article

on A B audot Teletype. Driver for the.APP['E H in

M IC RO 14 : 5 w as m tl ti la te d b y t ne ~d :! J' ()r 'i ;i l. st .a ff ..

It's true: location 037C shouldcontai.n.68

(RORA), rather than 6E (ROR) , and the spurious

o pe ra nd b yt .e s a t o 3 7 D a nd . 0 37 E~ ho ~1\ 1b ;j rE !m o"E !d

to close up the .code •. Inad.diti9n;~.~h;.t'Of+()'li-.

ing lookup table should follow the pr;o~ramcode,

be gin nin g a t lo cat ion 03 81, im med ia: tl: llY a ft erthe RTS which moved upward two bytes;'

',,:'i:."-:i

a S t re e t, ' W in d so r

crobe in H armonic

13:5~ which works

r mo ni cs h ap pe ns

e as y~ C :: ha ng e. li ne .

Roger Cohen, 100 Nimbus Road, H olbrook,

reported the same editorial slip-up.IN; rnAL SCALE c .

N T "P L OT OF IN PUT D A.T A ·

FT B H AR MO NI C> YA T 100Several readers reported problemswlth thE)AMPERSORT article on MI CRQ14: 41. G.. Lewis

Scott of 6220 COlchester Place, Charlq.1;te,NC

282,0 sent in seven corrections to tne assembly

l an gu ag e s ou rc e:

llowing changes to improve

graphics output: .79 .'

H P L O T TO k J' 79- Y

This plo.ts the original curve as a solid line

which wiLl stand' out from the harmonics.ine 0370 should be 5201- 20 E 7 ' 54

Line 0400 should be 5207- DD 20 55

Line 1180 should be 5298- B D 33 55

Line 1240 should be 52A5:" 20 OA 55

Line 2810 should be 53CA- 20 C2 54

Line 28 70 s ho uld be 53D8- 20 0-2 511

Line 3320 should be 5425- 20 OA 55

Wi ll ia ll l(J . T a. r; tp r- lr it es p f a n e rr or t n. h is

articlt'!.n eB a~icMorse Keyboard. H I CR013: >3.

T he t(; m~ tb ( a rd ll cq em at ic .b as ; o ut pu t ' .r qm .t il e

computer ar.d +S ..'lp()werreversed! Exchange PB t)

and +5 V.'.c correct. Although the parts list

sholfs·.a50.yf cap.whn~·the schematic shows

35'yffor' C f~eithervaluewitl worlc:. Finally,

line. 5.0t' l qe <I US j! G p ro gra m sh oul d in clu de

NT.b.eCi:>re.the outputstring~

and Mr. Scott noted some additional problems

once he got the program running. William G.

T rawick of the Georgia_ State University Dept.

of Chemistry in Atlanta, GA 30033report.edsome of the same microbes. Marlc:.rosby ofWashington APPLE. Pie and 1373 E Street SE.

Washington DC 2Q003 is also worl<ing these

difficulties. Alan G. Hill, the

AMPERSORT. is cQllating

p ro bl em s, m os t P i: Wh ic h d ev el OI p. e(i !. "h ~l n

minute enhancements were

source. I f you ihavelteyed. in

that tape I Anyf1nal paCOI'1t';~.

month.



Speech Processor for the PET

A speech processor unit samples audiowaveforms and digitizes the input signal.Digitized speech can be stored, catalog·ed, processed as discrete data, and out-

put through a D /A converter. The outputspeech quality rivals that of a CB radio.

Within the past year a low cost speechprocessor unit has appeared on themarket. This device designed for thecomputer hobbyist can be used in avariety of applications from voice aug-mentation to computer games to directcomputer-to-phone modem implementa-tions. .

This article will briefly describe thedevice and how the unit can be inter-faced to a PET computer. A softwaredriver program capable of storing the

digitized sound, playing it back, savingthe processed information on cassettefiles, and then reloading it will also bepresented. The article wil l conclude withan illustration of how this device mightbe used with a home computer system.

The Speech Processor Unit

The speech procesor unit used in thisarticle is the DATA-BOyTM Speech Pro-cessor developed by Mimic ElectronicsCompany. This processor is an extreme-ly low-cost audio signal processing sys-tem designed for the hobbyist. Thespeech processor is essentially aspeech "digitizer" which uses a proprie-tary signal processing technique to con-vert the human voice into a single bitstream, and vice versa. "Digitized"speech is typically thought of as speechwhich has been sampied with an analog-to-digital form, and then reconverted toanalog form by a digital-to analog (D/A)converter.

By using certain characteristics of thespeech waveform, especially the factthat the amplitude components tend todecrease with increasing frequency, theresolution of the AID and DIA convertersrequired can be decreased from, say, 8bits down to a single bit while main-taining intelligibility. When this bitstream is sampled at a rate of 8000

samples per second, highly intelligiblespeech can be obtained. The speechquality is close to that which is given bya CB radio.

Speech Processor Interface

Figure 1 describes the componentsnecessary to support the speech pro-cessor and its interface with the PETComputer. To digitize and then repro-duce speech the speech processor unitrequires the use of an additional

September, 1979

speaker, microphone and power supply.The speech processor unit l. s designedon a 3 inch by 5 inch printed circuitboard. The author's unit was built into a9 by 5V 2 inch box which also containedthe power supply. The simple power sup-ply design was taken direct l f f rom theusers manual provided wlth :he speechprocessing unit.

In addition to the interface, shown inFigure 1, the author added two addi-tional features to his uni t. To determine

when the squelch threshold level was ex-ceeded one side of a light emi tting diodewas connected to the DATA F EADY line.The other side of the LED was con-nected to the + 5 volt supply through a300 ohm registor. When the squelchthreshold level is exceeded the DATAREADY line goes low and LE[) glows.

A computer bypass switct was alsoadded to the author's unit. lhis switchallows the TO COMPUTER lind FROMCOMPUTER lines to be dirE,ctly inter-connected or interfaced to the com-puter. This feature allows t ie speechprocessor system to be teste:l indepen-dent of the computer. It also allows the

user to demonstrate the dif fel ence in in-telligibi lity produced by the computersquanitization effects.

The Speech Processor Unit is inter-connected to the PETComputer bythreelines. Each line is accompanied by aground to provide some degrell of shield-ing. The TO COMPUTER lir e is con-nected to PAO(Pin C) on the IJSERCon-nector. This line will be same led by theprocessor at the proper da:a rate toquanitize the input data st ' ea rn . Thedigital output data stream wil be return-ed to the speech processor lnit on theline marked FROMCOMPUTElt This lineis attached to PA7 (Pin L) on the USER

Connector. A third line termec the DATAREADY line is used to indicate if the in-put signal level exceeds the thresholdestablished in the speech processorunit. The DATA READYline is connectedto PA1 (Pin D)on the PETUSERConnec-tor.

Software Descriptioll

The software used to drive the speechprocessor device is written in two parts:A User Interface Program Nriften inBASIC and a pair of Speech Proceseo r to

MICRO - The 8502 JOl mal

Charles R. Husbands24 Blackhorse DriveActon, MA 01720

Computer Interface Programs written inmachine language. The User InterfaceProgram is designed to allow the user tointeract easily with the speech pro-cessor. This program provides four useroptions: RECORD, PLAYBACK, SAVEand LOAD.

The RECORDProgram calls one of themachine language interface programswhich samples the state of the speechprocessor bit stream and stores thesampled input data into sequential loca-

tions of buffer memory.

The PLAYBACK process is the directcounterpart of the RECORD process. Inthis mode each word in the buffermemory is unpacked and returned to thespeech processor to reproduce thespeech data examined during the RE-CORD sequence. The PLAYBACK pro-- c e s s I lke-the RECORD process-calls asupporting machine language program.

The SAVEroutine isa data file storageprogram which allows the user to saveall or some portion of the recorded dataon tape for later use.

The LOAD routine is a data file

retrieval program which allows digitaldate files stored on tape by the SAVEprogram to be restored into the com-puters memory. Both the SAVE andLOAD routines allow the user to design-ate the beginning and ending address ofthe data to be manipulated, With thisfacil ity data words stored in memory canbe saved and rearranged in order tobuild a data base where the beginning ofeach utterance or sound is uniquelydefined.

An illustration of the memory maporganization used to support the speechprocessor unit is shown in Figure 2.

From this map it can be seen that themachine language programs required tosupport the BASIC programs are storedin tape buffer #2. In order to establishsufficient buffer memory to store thedigitized speech information, a cap wasplaced on the BASIC program. By forc-ing the BASIC Interpreter into thinking itis operating with a 4K memory limita-tion, the upper 4K of memory can be us-ed for storing the recorded digitizedspeech. A smal l number of bytes in zeropage working storage are used for pass-

16:35



0010: REM •• SIMPLE VOICE PROCESS OR PROGRAM ••

0020: REM0030: REM B Y CHA RLI E R. HUSBA NDS

0040: REM

00 50: PRI NT "

0 060 : PRI NT " •• • VO IC E PR OCE SS OR P R O G R A M · · ·0 070 : PRI NT0080: POKE 135,12

0 0 90 : D A T A 1 69 , 00 , 14 1, 6 7, 2 32 , 13 3 ,5 4 ,1 33

0 10 0 : D A T A 5 6 ,1 68 ,1 69 , 08 , 13 3 ,5 5 ,1 69 , 12

0 11 0: D A T A 1 33 ,5 8 ,1 69 , 12 , 13 3 ,5 7, 16 9 ,3 0

0 12 0 : D A T A 1 33 , 59 , 78 , 79 , 23 2 ,3 8 ,5 4 ,1 98

0 13 0 : D A T A 5 5 ,1 65 ,5 5 ,2 40 , 11 ,1 65 , 58 , 17 0

0 14 0 : D A T A 2 0 2, 13 8 ,2 0 8, 2 52 , 23 4 ,7 6 ,8 4 ,0 3

0 15 0 : D A T A 2 3 4, 16 5 ,5 4 ,1 45 , 56 , 23 4 ,2 0 0, 16 9

0 16 0 : D A T A 0 8 ,1 33 , 55 , 15 2 ,2 0 8, 2 20 , 23 0 ,5 7

0 17 0 : D A T A 1 65 , 57 , 19 7 ,5 9 ,2 0 8, 2 12 , 96 ,0 0

0 18 0 : D A T A 1 69 , 25 5 ,1 41 ,6 7, 2 32 , 16 9 ,0 0, 13 3

0 19 0 : D A T A 5 6 ,1 68 , 16 9 ,0 8 ,1 33 , 55 , 16 9 ,1 2

0 2 00 : D A T A 1 33 , 58 , 16 9 ,1 2, 13 3 ,5 7 ,1 69 ,3 0

0 2 10 : D A T A 1 33 , 59 , 17 7 ,5 6 ,1 41 ,7 9 ,2 3 2, 2 34

0 2 20 : D A T A 1 65 , 58 , 17 0 ,2 0 2, 13 8 ,2 0 8, 2 52 , 23 4

0 2 30 : D A T A 1 98 , 55 , 16 5 ,5 5 ,2 4 0, 0 7, 14 , 79

0 2 40 : D A T A 2 3 2, 23 4 ,7 6 ,1 62 , 03 , 20 0 ,1 77 , 56

0 2 50 : D A T A 1 41 ,7 9, 2 32 ,1 69 , 08 , 13 3 ,5 5 ,1 52

0 2 60 : D A T A 2 0 8, 2 22 , 23 0 ,5 7, 16 5 ,5 7 ,1 97 , 59

0 2 70 : D A T A 2 0 8, 2 14 , 96 , 23 4 ,2 3 4, 2 34 ,2 3 4, 2 34

0 2 80 : D A T A 1 69 , 00 , 14 1, 6 7, 2 32 , 17 3 ,7 9 ,2 3 2

0 29 0 : D A T A 3 6 ,6 0 ,2 0 8, 2 44 , 76 , 58 , 03 ,2 3 4

0 300 : A =826

0310: FOR 1=1 TO 168

0320: READ D $

0330: POKE A,D $

0 340 : A =A +l

0350: NEXT I

0360: P R I N T · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·0370: PRINT · PRES S R FOR RECORD"

0380: PRINT · PRES S P FOR PLAYBACK"

0390: PRINT· PRES S S FOR SAVE"0400: PRINT " PRES S L FOR LOA D"

0410: P R I N T · · · · · · · · · .0420: GET C$:IF C$="· GOT O 420

0430: IF C$="R" GOTO 600

0440: IF C$="P· GOTO 700

0450: IF C$="S" GO TO 800

0460: IF C$="L· GOTO 9000470: GOT O 420

SPEA KER

C ENT ER L EA D PA RA LLEL

US ER

PORT

r--_,SQUELCH - Se t up US ER por t as

an inp ut a nd re ad USER valu e.

NO

I NrT l - Set u p USER po rt as a n

,inp ut. DA TAWD = O. Ini t d ata

p oin ter to $OCOO and end poi nt

to $l EOO. B IICNT = 8. DELAYC

= 12 .

LOCPl

STRGl

Sto re c omp leted D ATAWD i nto

n ext bu ffe r lo ca tio n a nd se t

BI TCNT = 8.

NO

Figure 3: Speech processor flowchart

[l ECIM . ~ L

DA TA RE ADY PA l (D) 7936

SPEECH GND (A )7680

GN DPROCES S OR

BOA RD T O C OM PU TE R PA D (C )

M ICROPHONE GN D3012

F RO M C OM PU T ER PA 7 (L )

GN D (N)

. . v PE T102~

COMPUTER0820

P OWE R S UP PL Y

Figure 1: Speech processor components

16:36 MICRO - The 6502 Journal

HEXI

__ I

------ - ---

D AT A B UFFE R

SPA CE

B AS IC P RO GR AM

M AC HI NF L AN GU AGE P RO GR AM

P AGE Z ER O , IO RK IN G S TO ~A G~

031A

lFGtJ

1 E O O

aeon

0'10']

Figure 2: Speech processor memory map

September, 1979



\

ing variables between the machinelanguage programs and their BASICcounterparts.

The Record Program

The RECORD process is entered bypressing "R". This action causes thepointing vector corresponding to thebeginning address of the RECORDmachine language program to be placedinto locations 1 and 2. A value of 02 isalso placed in decimal location 60,

which is the squelch mask value to beused in the machine language routine.The machine language program is thenentered by executing the USR instruc-tion.

A flow diagram of the RECORD Pro-gram is shown in Figure 3 and a machinelanguage listing of the process is alsogiven. After initialization, the programloops wait ing for the DATA READY lineto go low. This action occurs when theamplitude of the voice level exceeds thesquelch threshold set on the speech pro-cessor board. Once the squelch level issensed, the program proceeds and therecord program initialization com-

mences.

)

A machine language listing of theSQUELCH Process is shown. If the userwishes not to implement the squelchtest, the values in line 610 of the pro-gram can be changed to:

610 POKE 01,58 : POKE 02,03and the record program will be entereddirectly.

After initial ization the record processbeings. The value of TO COMPUTER lineis sampled at PAOof the user's port andstored into the LSB of the buffer locationDATAWD. A counter (BITCNT) is thentested to see if 8 samples have beensensed. If 8 samples have not yet been

sensed, DATAWD is shifted left oneplace and a delay loop is executedbefore the value of the next bit is sampl-ed. When a full byte of data has beenreceived, the byte is stored away in thenext memory location. The values ofDATAWD and BITCNT are reinitialized. Ashort delay loop is executed and the pro-cess is repeated.

At the time that DATAWD is storedaway the location into which it is beingstored is checked against an upperbound pointer in memory. When the twoaddress correspond, the process hasrun out of available buffer space for therecord process and the machine

language routine returns control to theBASIC program. Completion of the RE-CORD process is indicated by the line"RECORD PROCESS COMPLETED" ap-pearing on the display screen.

\

Playback Program

The PLAYBACK program is entered bypressing "P". This action forces thepointing vector corresponding to the

September, 1979

beginning address of the playbackmachine language program tc be placedinto locations 1 and 2. Tht! machinelanguage program is then entered by theexecution of the USR instruction. A flowdiagram of the PLAYBACK program isshown in Figure 4. A machine languagelisting of the PLAYBACK prog 'am is alsogiven.

The PLAYBACK program r speats thesame basic process developed in the re-cord process. As each ne'lV byte is

retrieved from the buffer memory, thestate of the most significant bit is out-putted to the speech processor unit.After a finite delay, the D.HAWD isshifted left one position and the state ofthe new MSB is sent to the speech pro-cessor. When all the bi ts have been ex-amined, the next byte in buffer memoryis retrieved. When all of the bytes in thedata buffer memory have been examin-ed, the PLAYBACK process is completedand. the message "PLAYBI,CK PRO-CESS COMPLETED" appeas on themonitor screen.

Save Process

The SAVE process is a E,ASIC pro-gram written to allow the user to dumpportions of the buffer memo-yon tapefor later use. The process is entered bypressing "S". A prompting messageasks the user to enter the dEsired star-ting address and ending address in buf-fer memory to be saved. The contents ofthe memory locations between the twoselected locations is then 'IVritten ontape and upon completion o'f :his opera-tion the message "SAVE PROCESSCOMPLETED" appears on th « monitor.

Load Process

The LOAD program is also a BASICroutine designed to load into memory atape prepared by the SAVE program. Toenter the LOAD process the userpresses the "L" key. A me ssaqe willprompt the user to enter the slarting andending address of the data file to bestored. When the LOAD process is com-pleted the message "LOAD PROCESSCOMPLETED" will appear on lhe screen.

Typical Application

For an illustration of how these pro-grams might be employed, let's assumethe user wants .to have his computerautomatically dial up telephone numbers.Using the speech processor and the RE-CORD process, each dual tor e multiple

frequency (DTMF) output is recordedfrom a standard touch tone telephone.As each tone is recorded, a ds.ta f ile canbe written using the SAVE p re gram. Thestarting locating for each tone would bethe beginning of buffer memory. The en-ding address could be set at the beginn-ing of memory plus, say 200 bytes. Afterall ten tones have been recorded, thedata files collected by the ::lAVE pro-gram can be stacked consecutively on

MICRO - The 6502 JOIJmal

600 REM. RECOR!) MODE .

610 POKE 01,210: POKE 02,03

615 POKE 60,02

620 LET X=USR(R)

630 PRINT" RECORD PROCESS COMPLETED"

640 GOTO 420

700 R E M _ . PL\Y&.CK :-IODE .

710 POKE 01,130: POKE 02,03

720 LET X"'USR(R)

730 PRINT" PL\YMCK PROCESS COMPLETED"

740 GOTO 420

800 PRINT"**SAVE PROCESS INITATED"805 INPUT" FIL E NAM E"; N$

810 INPUT" INPUT STARTING ADDRESS"; S

820 INPUT" INPUT ENDING ADDRESS"; _

825 POKE 243,122: POKE 244,02

830 OPEN 1,1,1,N$

840 FOR I=O co (E-S)

850 PRINT IFl, PE:EK(S+I)

860 NEXT I

870 CLOSE 1

880 PRINT"**SAVE PROCESS COMPLETED**"

890 GOTO 420

900 PRINT"**LOAD PROCESS INITA TID"

905 INPUT" FILE: NAME" ; N$

910 INPUT" INPtrr STARTING ADDRESS"; S

920 INPUT" INPtrr ENDING ADDRESS"; E

925 POKE 243,12:2:POKE 244,02

930 OPEN 1,1,0,N$

940 FOR I=O co (E-S)

950 INPUT i Fl , A

960 POKE(S+I) ,.~

970 NEXT I

980 CLOSE 1

990 PRINT"**LOA.D PROCESS COMPLETED**"

995 GOTO 420

1000 END

200 byte boundaries using the LOADprogram. Wewould now have a data base. in buffer storage with each tone startingand ending on a known boundary.

In order to now dial any number, asmall BASIC program wouid be requiredto call the PLAYBACK program with theappropriate starting boundary and en-ding boundary addresses in the required

sequence. The resulting tones devel-oped through the speech processorwould then be acoustically coupled tothe telephone to complete the process.

Conclusions

This paper was designed to illustratehow a low cost speech processor mightbe interfaced with a PET Computer.

However, the same machine languagesoftware could be used to interface thedevice to any 6502. based processor withonly slight modifications. The use ofBASIC in this application provided aneasy method of mechanizing the man-machine interface. The application ofvoice or sound feedback in computing isalmost limit less and it is hoped that thisarticle illustrates one method of achiev-ing this goal. i .l

16:37



03CD

03CD

03CD

03CD

03CD

03CD

03CD

03CD

033A

033A A9 00

033C 8D 43 E8

033F 85 36

0341 85 380343 A8

0344 A9 08

0346 85 37

0348 A9 OC

034A -95 3A

OJ4C A9 OC

034E 85 39

0350 A9 1E

0352 85 3B0354 4E 4F E8 LOOP1

0357 26 36

035<; cs 37

035B A5 37035D FO OC

035F A5 3A

0361 AA

0362 CA0363 8A

0364 DO FC

0366 EA

0367 4C 54 03

036A EA

036B A5 36

036D 91 38

036F EA

0370 C8

0371 A9 08

0373 85 37

0375 98

0376 DO DC

0378 E6 39037A A5 39

037C C5 3B

037E DO D40380 60

0361 EA

03D2

03D2 A 9 00

03D4 8D 43 E8

03D7 AD 4F E8

A W a rn in g_ :_

The MACROTEA™is fo r P ro fess ionalProgrammers - and VerySerious Amateurs - O nly

Now: a machine language pro-gramming powerhouse for the

knowledgeable programmer whowants to extend the PET's capa-bilities to the maximum. TheMacroTeA, the Relocating MacroText Editor.Assembler from SkylesElectric Works.

The Skyles MacroTeA is a superpower1ul text editor. 26 powerfule ditin g c ommand s . S tr in g s ea rc h a ndr ep la c e capab il it y. Manusc ri pt f ea tu refo r le tte rs a nd o th er t ex t. T ex t lo ad inga nd s to ra ge on ta pe o r d is cs . S uppor tsta pe d riv es , d is cs , CR T, p rin te rs a ndkeyboard.

T he S kyles M ac ro TeA is a relo catin gmach ine l anguage assemb le r w it h t ruem acro capab ilities . A single nam eid en tifies a w ho le b od y o f lin es . Y ouw rite in b ig c hu nk s, exam in e, m od ifya nd a ss emb le th e c omp le te p ro gram .And , when load ing , t he Mac roTeA goeswhere you want it to go. Macro andc on ditio na l a ss emb ly s up po rt. A uto -m atic lin e n um berin g. L ab els u p to 1 0cha rac te rs long.

T he S k yle s Ma cr oT eA is a n e nh anc eM onitor. 11 pow erful com mands toease you past the rough spots ofp rogram debugging .

The Skyles MacroTeA is a warmstart button. Over 1700 bytes ofp ro te c ted RAM memory f or you rob j ec tcode.

There's no tape load ing and noo ccupying of valuab le R AM m em orys pa ce : T he S k yle s Ma croT eA pu ts 1 0Kby tes of executab le m a ch in e la n g u a gecode in ROM (from 9800 to BFFF-d ir ec tly b elow th e BASIC in te rp re te r) .2K bytes o f R AM ( 9 O C l O t o 9 7FF ).

L i ke a ll S k yle s P rod uc ts fo r th e PET, it 's p ra ctic ally p lug inan d go. N o to ols a re n ee de d. A nd , fa ste r th an lo ad in g a nequi va len t s iz e a ssemb le rl ed it or f rom tape , t he Mac roTeA isinstal led permanent ly .

T he S ky le s M ac ro TeA : 1 1 c hip s o n a s in g le P C B. O p er a te sin te rfa ce d w ith th e P ET 's p ara lle l a dd re ss a n d d ata b us o r witht he S k yle s Memo ry Connec to r. (Whe n o rd erin g , in d ic ate if th e

Ma cr oT eA w ill in te rfa ce w ith a S k yle s Memory Exp ansionS y stem . You c an s av e $ 20 .) S p ec ific atio n s a nd e ng in ee rin g a re

up t o th e p ro ve n Sk yle s quality s ta nd ar ds . Fu lly wa rra nt ed f or 9 0d ay s. And, a s w it h a ll S k yle s p roduc ts , fu lly a nd in te llig en tly

documented.

V IS A, M aste rc ha rg e o rd ers c all (8 00 ) 2 27-8 39 8 (E xc ep t C alif.)G V 4 California orders please call (415 ) 494-1210 .

O~! !~~Dr i ~ !~~~~~~~~ ! : . ~S

DATAWD I

BITCNT I

WD B

DLYCNT I

ENDBUF I

MASK

PADD

PA D

INIT1

DLY1

$0036

$0037

$0038

$003A

$003B

$003C

~E843

$E84F

ORG $033A

LDAIM $00 SET UP DIRECT ION REG

ST A PADD AS AN INPUT

ST A DATAWD DAT AWD = 0

ST A WDBTAY

LDAIM $08

ST A B ITCNT BIT CNT 8

LDAIM $OC

ST A DLYCNT DLYCNT 12

LDAIM $OC

ST A WDB

LDAIM $1E

ST A ENDB UF ENDB UF = $1 ELSR PAD PICK UP DATA BIT

ROL DATAWD STORE I N LSB OF DAT AWD

+01 WDB+ 1 = 12

DECLD A

BEQ

LD A

TAX

DE X

BITCNT

BITCNTSTRG1

DLYCNT DELAY FOR 8KHZ RATE

TXA

ENE DLY1 +0 3Na p

JM P LOOP1

NO P

STRG1 LDA DATAWD

STAIY WDB

NO P

INY

LDAIM $08

ST A B ITCNT

TYA

ENE LOOP1

INC WDB +01

LDA WDa +01

CMP ENDB UF

BNE LOOP1RT S

NO P

ORG $03D2

SQUELC LDAIM $00

STA PADDLDA PAD

ASSEM B LE LIST

0H' l0 ;M OVE TB L 1 TO TB L2

0110 .B A $400

q 4 0 0 - AI 0B 0120 LOOP LOY #00

q 4 0 2 - B 9 0B 04 Q ) 1 3 Q ) LOA TB L1.Y

q 4 Q ) 5 - 8 9 Q )B 05 Q ) 1 4 Q ) STA TB L2.Y

q 4 Q ) 8 - C8 Q ) 1 5 Q ) IN Y

q 4 Q) 9 OQ ) F7 Q ) 1 6 Q ) B NE LOOP

Q ) 1 7 0

q4Q )B Q ) 1 8 Q ) TB L1 . OS 25 6

q5Q )B Q ) 1 9 Q ) TB L2 .OS 256

Q ) 2 Q ) Q )

Q ) 2 1 Q ) .E N

l.AB EL F ILE 1 = EXTERNAL

~,TART = Q ) 4 Q ) Q ) LOOP = Q ) 4 Q ) 21 B L2 = Q)5Q )B

11Q )Q )Q )U6Q )B ,Q ) 6Q )B

TB L 1 = Q)4Q )B



03DA 24 3C BI T MASK

03DC DO F4 BNE SQUELC

03DE 4C 3A 03 JMP INI T1

03E 1 EA NOP,

0382 OR G $0382

0382 A9 FF INIT2 LDAIM $FF SET UP DIRECTION REGISTl:R

0384 8D 43 E8 STA PADD AS O UTPUT

0387 A9 00 L.DAIM $0 0

0389 85 38 STA I I B

0388 A8 TAY

038C A9 0 8 LDAIM $0 8

038E 85 37 ST A B IrCNT B IT CNT 80390 A9 O C LDAIM $OC

0392 85 3A STA DLYCNT DLYCNT 12

0394 A9 OC LDAIM $OC

0396 85 39 ST A WD B +01 IIDB+1 = 10

0398 A9 1E LDAIM $lE

039A 85 38 STA ENDBUF ENDBUF = 1E

039C B1 38 LDAIY liDB PICK UP WORD FROM STORACE

039E 8D 4F E8 STA PAD AND PL.ACE IN OUTPUT REG

03A 1 EA NOP

03A2 A5 3A DL.Y2 L.DA DLYCNT DELAY TO ESTABLISH

03A4 AA' TAX 8KHZ RATE

03A5 CA DEX

03A6 8A TXA

03A7 DO FC BNE DLY2 +0 3

03A9 EA NO P

03AA C6 37 L.00P2 DEC BITCNT

03AC A 5 37 LDA B ITCNT03AE FO 07 BEQ STRG2

0380 OE 4F E8 ASL PA D

03B3 EA NOP

03B4 4C A2 03 JMP DLY2

03B7 C8 STRG2 lN Y

03B8 B1 38 LDAIY WDB

03BA 8D 4 ( "E8 STA PAD

03BD A9 08 LDAIM $0 8

03BF 85 37 STA B ITCNT

03C 1 98 TYA

03C2 DO DE BNE DLY2

03C4 E6 39 INC WDB +01

03C6 A5 39 LDA WDB +01

03C8 C5 38 CMP ENDBUF

03CA DO D6 BNE DLY2

03CC 60 RT S

Is Programming Fun?

Have More Fun,Make Fewer Errors,Complete Programs MuchFaster ... with the

BAS IC PAOGAAMMEA ' S

TOOlKIT™

Now you can modify, polish, simplify,add new features to your PET pro-grams far morequickly while reducingthe potential for error.That ali adds upto more fun ... and the BASICProgrammer's ToolKitThe magic of the ToolKit: 2KB of

ROM firmware on a single chip with acollection of machine language pro-grams available to you from the timeyou turn on your PETto the time youshut if off. No tapes to load or tointerfere with any running programs.And the Programmer's ToolKit installsin minutes, without tools.Hereare the 11commands that can

be yours instantly and automatically... guaranteed to make your BASICprogramming a pleasure:

AUTO RENUMBER

HELP TRACE

OFF APPEND

FIND

DELETE

STEP

DUMP

Every one a powerful command toinsure more effective programming.Like the HELP command that showsthe line on which the error occurs... and the erroneous portion isindicated in reversevideo:

HELP50 0 J = SQR(A' B/~Ij)

READY

SYMB OL TAB LE 2000 2066

BIrCNT 0037 DATAWD 0036 DLYCNT 003A DLYQ 035F... Or the TRACE command that

DLYR 03A2 ENDBUF 003B INITQ 033A INITR 0382lets you see the sequence in which

LOOPQ 0354 LOOPR 03AA MASK 003C PADD E843your program is being executed in a

PA D E84F SQUELC 03D2 STRGQ 0368 STRGR 03B7window in the upper corner of your

WD B 0038CRT:

To Order PROGRAMMER'S TOOLKIT or MACROTEA-Custom deSigned to plug into your PET. So, when ordering, please Indicate if yourToolkit:

. .. wil l beused with the Skyles Memory Expansion System, or

._il l beused with the ExpandaPet, or Expandmem

... wil l be used with the PET2001-8alone(We lurnish connectors to the memory expansion bus and to the second cassette interlace.

... will be used with the PET2001-16,-32(chip only)

... wi.!I be used with Skyles MacroTeA

$80.00'

$80.00'$80.00'

$50.00'

$50.00'

The Programmer's ToolKit is a

product of Harry Saal and .hisassociates at Palo Alto lCs, a sub-sidiary of Nestar Systems, Inc. Dr.Saal is considered a leading expert inthe field of personal computers.

So, if you really want to be intoBASICprogramming - and you wantto havefun while you're doing it, orderyour BASIC Programmer's ToolKitnow. You'll be able to enjoy it verysoon. We guarantee you'll be de-lighted with it: if, for any reason you'renot return it within ten days. We'llref~nd every penny.And no questionsasked.

Your MacroTeA. Custom designed for your PET.So specify your PETmodel when ordNing.$295.00·

(Important Sarings: If i I's to be used with a Skyles Memory Expansion System, the MacroTeA canplug directly into the Skyles connector. So you save S20.The Skyles MacroTeA is Jnly S275.00when Interfaced with the Skyles Memory Expansion System_)

Send your check or money order to Skyles Electric Works_VISA, Mastercharge orders may call(800)227-8398.(California residents: please phone (415)494-1210.)TenDay Uncondit,onal Money·Sa.ckGuarantee on al/ products sold by Skyles Electr ic Works, except chip only.

g .llprice. complete, Including .hlpplng and handling. Plea.e allow 3 week•.

California ... Ident.: plea.e add 8-81'.r % California sale. tax.

SKYLESELECTRICWORKS 10301Stonydale Drive, Cupertino, CA95014,(4011)735·7891

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ~



Skyles ElectricWork~;

You love your PE~r,but you'll

love it more with this BigKeyboard?

74KB Big KeyBoards @ $125.00 (Plus $5.00 shipping & handling)

The Skyles Big KeyBoard™. More than 15 inches wide. A layout nearly

0dentical to the PET Keyboard and with all functions-alpha, numeric, Sgraphics, special symbols, lower case alpha-on full-sized, almost plump,key-tops double-shot to guarantee lifetime durability.

Actual size

Would you like to turn on your PET. . . and see this8KB 8K Memory Expansion Systems @ $250.00

(Plus $3.50 shipping & handling)

16KB 16K Memory Expansion Systems @ $450.00(Plus $5.00 shipping & handling)

24KB 24K Memory Expansion Systems @ $650.00(Plus $5.00 shipping & handling)

Skyles Memory Expansion Systems are complete; nothing more to buy .• First qualitystatic RAMs. Solid soldered on first quality glass epoxy board. Separate PET AdapterPrinted Circuit Board connects directly to data bus on your PET -no rat's nest of hang-ing hand-wiring. Ribbon cable and 50 pin connectors that keep your PET open to theoutside world (one on the 8KB; two on the 16KB and 24KB).

__ 8KB Memory Expansion System(s) at $250 each. $ _(Adds 8,192 bytes; total 15,359 )(shipping and handling $3.50 each)

___ 16KBMemory Expansion System(s) at $450 each. $ _(Adds 16,384 bytes; total 23,551) (shipping and handling $5.00 each)

__ 24KB Memory Expansion System(s) at $650 each. $ _(Adds 14,576 bytes; total 31 ,743) (shipping and handling $7.00 each)

__ 74KB BigKeyBoard(s) at $125 $ _(shipping and handling $5.00 each)

__ SPECIAL DEAL(S): 8KB Memory and 74KB Keyboard at $350 complete $ _

__ SPECIAL DEAL(S): 16KBMemory and 74KB Keyboard at $525 complete $ _

• Please add 6% sales tax if you are a California resident; 6.5% if a resident of BART. Santa Clara or Santa Cruz Counties (CA).Please add shipping and handling costs as indicated.

VISA, MASTERCHARGE ORDERS CALL (800) :127-8398 (except California residents)

CALIFORNIA ORDERS PLEASE I:ALL (415) 494-1210

I10301Stonydale Drive

_. Skyles ElectricWor~~s~uri;r~~~~;~~5014



Tiny PILOT:

An Educational Language for the 6502

PILOT is a higher level language used for computer aidedinstruction. This version includes an editor and an Inter-preter. It requires fewer than 800 bytes of memory.

Nicholas Vrtis5863 Pinetree S.E.Kentwood, MI 49508

•• ••••••• ••••••• ••••••• ••••••• ••••••• ••••••• ••••••• ••••••• •••••• H •••••

• CH AR • EDI T FUNCT I ON•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• ;t •••••

• • START EXECUT I ON OF T HE PILOT PROGRAM• UPARROW· MOVE EDI T POI NT ER TO ST ART OF PROGRAM•I • DI SPLAY NEXT ~INE OF TH E PROGRAM• % • PAD TO END OF ~INE WI T H DELETE CHARACT ERS• B I S • B ACKS PACE T O CORRE CT T YPlN G E RROR• C I R • CARRIAGE RETURN - I NDI CATE END OF ST AT EMENT• ANY • CHARACTER I S ST ORED IN PROGRAM (MAX 127 PER ~INE)•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 1•••••

• FORMAT • ST ATEMENT I w1iA I T DOES•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• ·1•••••

•

• MAY PRECEED ANY STAT EMENT (lit

• CONDI T IONAL. ACTS AS DEST lI A rION• FOR A JUMP OR USE STAT EMENT• AS PART OF TEXT CAUSES GONT I NrS• OF VARIABLES T O B E DI SPLAYD O R

• M AT CH ED .• ~? I ND IC AT ES N AM E FI EL DS .

••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• i'· •••••

• T :T EXT • TYPE• •• A: • A CC EPT• •• ? : • A CC EPT ~AME

• •• M :T EXT • MA TCH• •• •• J:N • JUMP

• •• •• U:N • USE SUBROUT INE N• •• E: • EXI T F RO M S UB R OU T IN E

• •• S: • ST OP• •• C: • C OM PU TE• •• •• •• •• •• R: • R EM AR KS• •• • C ON D IT I ON A LS

• N •• Y •• •• ·N • ~ABEL• •• •• $X • VARI AB ~E I TEM• •• •• •

September, 1979

• DI SPLAY T H E TEXT ON T H E TERllINAL

• INPUT UP T O 40 CHARACT ERS mT O

• AN SWER FI ELD• INPUT UP TO 40 CHARACT ERS UT O• NAME AND ANSWER FI ELD.• COMPARE TEXT T O LAST I MPUT~ROM• TERMI NAL AND SET MA TC:! FLAG TO• Y I F EQUAL, N IF NOT EQUAL.• JUMP T O LABEL N FOR NEXT LI1E.

• J:A MEANS JUMP TO LAST ACCEI T .• J=. ME AN S RE ST ART FROM B EGI INI NG.• SA VE ADDRESS OF ST ART OF NE;:T• LI NE AND T HEN PERFORM AS I ~ JUMP.• RET URN TO ADDRESS SAVED B Y i'RIOR

• U SE S TA TE ME li T.• ST OP PROGRAM AND RET URN TO I :DI T OR

•• PE RFO RM S A RI TH ME TI C O N VA R1J .B LE S• NAMED A T HROUGH Z. ALLOWED• OPERAT I ONS ARE =, +, AND -• RANGE IS + OR - 999• C:$= wILL PLAGE RESULT IN WSWER• FIELD INSTEAD OF A VARIABLE• PRO GR AM R E. ~A RKS - N CT E XE Cl ' :E D

•• MA Y PRE CE ED AN Y S TA TE MEN T.• EXECUTE ONLY IF MAT CH FLAC:S N• E XE CUT E O NLY I F ! ". AT CHFLAG . :S Y

•

MICRO - The 8502 Jc,.mal

Are you envious of the guys on your

block who have big BASIC systems?

Have you ever tried to teach machine

language tosomeonewhothinks HEXis

an evil spell? I had the same problemuntil I discovered PILOT, and im-

plemented a small version onmySYM-1.For those who haven't heard of PILOT

yet, it is an educational, high level

language intended for computer aided

instruction. It is a verysimple language,

with only ten basic instructions, but it in-

corporates a number of features that

make it easyenough to useas amethod

for introducing people to computers. Ihavewritten somemath drill programsfor my six- and eight-year olds, and in

turn, myeight-year old loves towrite pro-

grams for her little brother to run.

This implementation of PILOTis not a

full "standard" version. After all, what

do you expect from an interpeter and

editor that run in less than 800 bytes? Ialso could not resist the temptation to

change things a little hereand there. It

is close enough togive a flavor for what

PILOT can do, and it makes a nice

language to havefun with, evenona2K

system.

The editor performs only the most

elemen·tary functions required to get a

program in and running. It accepts

characters without checking syntax

rules, theonly limitation being that eachllne is a maximum of 127 characters

long. I compromised at 127, instead of

50, because the sign of the indexregister changes at 128,and so I avoid-

ed a compare.

The program looks for the ASCII

back-space character, hex 08, becausemyCRTactually backspaces. If your ter-minal doesn't, you might want to

change this to a printable charactersuch as the underscore used by many

timesharing systems.. A check is also

made for the backspace in the code forthe ACCEPT statement, so be sure to

change it there as well.

16:41



The editor doesn't have a provisronfer inserting a line between existing

lines, but it is possible to change a line,

provided you replace it with one of the

same length or shorter. Thepercent keyfills from thecurrent position to the nextend of line with delete characters, hex

FF.Sincemost terminals ignore these, it

works effectively as a delete to the endof the line. Theprogram has tocheck for

these during MATCH and COMPUTE

statement processing, since they repre-

sent the logical end of line.

The carriage return, entered as the

end of line, is converted toazerobythe

editor. This simplifies looking for the

end of each line, later on, since the zero

flag is set as the byte gets loaded. The

SYMmonitor routine CRLFoutputs both

the carriage return and the line feed, so

one doesn't save anything by keeping

the return in the line to output it.

The locations CURADand CURAD+ 1address the start of each PILOT line. In-

itially, this is set to $500by the routine

SETBGN.TheY register is incremented

o access the next character in the line.

At the end of each line, subroutine SCU-

RADbumps Yonemore time to get past

the end of line character, and then addsthe resulting Y value to the current ad-

dress and resets Y to zero.

This sets things up for the start of the

next line. Performing the line scan inthis

way saves two bytes each time I need to

get to the next character because anINY is used instead of a JSR, and it also

makes it easy to check for a line too

• PAGE ZER( D ATA REFERENCES

$0000

$0002

$0003

$002B

$0053$0087

$0088

$0089

$008B

$0080

$008E$008F

$0090

$0095

$0097

$O D

AD DRESS OF LA ST A CCEPT COM MAND

CU RRE NT YE S/ NO F~ AG

ALLOW 40 BYT ES OF I NPUT

VA RIA BLE AREAS - 2 BYT ES EACHVA RIA BLE AREAS - 2 BYT ES EACH

SPECI AL INDI CAT OR FLAG AREA

HOLD AREA FOR Y VALUE

T EMP WO RK VAR IAB LE

R ESU LT H OLD AR EA FO R CO ~~U TAT ION S

HOLD AREA FOR ANSWER IND EX POINT ER

S ~GN IFI CA NC E I ND IC AT OR

LAS T OPERA TION IN COMPUTE S TAT EMENT

DI SPLAY VARI ABLE BUILD AREA

JU MP RET URN A DDR ESS

ADD RES S OF ST ART OF CURRENT LINE

LS T

FL G

CHRS

NAME

VARIBS •

IFLAG •HOLDY

WORK

RES ULT •ANSX

SI GN IF •

OPRATN •

tWM DSP •

RET URN •CURAD

CA RRI AGE RET URN C ODER

• E XT ER NA L ! .D DR ES S R EFE RE NC ES

CRLF $8340 OUT PUT A CR AND LF

INCHR' $8A1B INPUT ONE CHARACT ER

OUTCH R • $8A 47 OUTPUT ONE CHARACT ER

ORG $0200

• STA RT OF THE EDIT OR PORTION

0200 A9 8.0

)202 85 87J20l l 20 83 04

S TART LOA ] H $80 S ET MOD E TO ED IT FOR "PRT " ROUTINE

STA IFLAGJSR SE TBGN SET UP STA RTI NG DAT A A REA A DDRESS

• HERE IS lfi E S TART OF EA CH NEW LINE

o:zn A 9 3E ELINE LD AHI $3E OUT PUT A ")" PROMPT CHARACT ER

0209 20 47 8A JS R OUTChR

• HERE IS ,HERE EACH INPUT CH ARA CTER IS OB TAI NED

020C 20 lB 8A EGET JSR INCHR

020F AA TAX CHECK FOR NULLS AND I GNORE

0210 FO FA BEQ EGET S O TH EY DON'T GET CONFUSED WITH EOL

EPROM PROGRAMMER

Model EP-2A-79

0212 C9 5E

0214 FO EACMP]" $5E IS IT AN UPARROW?BEQ ST ART YES - STA RT AT B EGI NNI NG AGAI N

0216 C9 40

0218 FO 33CMP1 ~ I $40 IS IT "A T" SYM BOL FOR EXECr .rr E REQUEST ?BEQ EXEC YES' - GO ST ART ON TH AT

021A C9 08021C DO 06

CMP1 ~ $08 I S IT A BA CKSPACE?

BNE T RYD SP NO - GO CH ECK FOR DI SPLAY REQUES T

021E 88

021F 10 EB

0221 c s0222 10 E8

DE Y

B PL EGET

INYBPL EGET

YES - BACK UP ONE CH ARACT ER

BUT CH ECK FOR PAST ST ART OF LINE

HE BA CKED UP TOO FAR - DIS ALLOW

UNCOND ITIONA L

T RYD SP CMPH I $2F IS IT "/" FOR DISPLAY LINE REQUEST ?BNE TRYREP NO - CH ECK FOR REPLACEMENT REQUEST

0224 C9 2F

0226 D O 05

• D IS PL AY "0 THE NEXT CA RRI AGE RET URN

0228 20 21 04

022B B O DA

JSR PRT PRINT T HE LI NE

BCS ELI NE UNCOND ITI ONA L

T RYREP CMP' H $25 IS I T "$" REQUES T TO PA D A LINE?

BNE CHA R ~O - MUST BE D ATA CHARACT ER0220 C9 25022F DO OE

SOFTWARE AVAILABLE FOR F-8, 8080, 6800,8085, l -80, 6502, KIM-1, 1802, 2650.EPROM type isselected by a person. lilY modulewhich plugs Into The front of the programmer.

Power requirements are 115 VAe, 50/60 HZat15watts. It i s suppli ed with a 36 inch r ibbon cablefor,connecring to microcomputer. Requires 11/2

I/O ports. Priced at $155 with one set ofsoftware. Personality modues are shown beow.

• PAD T HE I INE FROM CURRENT LOC T O EOL WIT H D ELETE CH AR

0231 B 1 97 PAD LOP LD A:Y CUR AD GE T C UR RE NT CHA RA CTER

0233 FO 18 BEQ S E TNL IF ZERO, WE A RE DONE

0235 A 9 FF LOA: H $FF ELSE MAKE I T A D ELETE CHA R

0237 91 97 S T A: ~ ~ CURAD

0239 C8 INY BUMP TO NEXT CH ARA CTER

023A 10 F5 BPL PADLOP LOOP I F HA VEN'T DONE 128

023C 88 DE Y LINE I S TOO LONG - B ACK UP ONE

0230 A 9 OD LDA :H CR FORCE I N A N EOL H ERE

• IT WASN'- AN EDI T CHARACT ER - MUST BE D ATA TO S AVE

Par t No_ Pr .. . .. . . .. Price

PM-O TMS 2708 $15.00PM-1 2704,2708 15.00PM-2 2732 30.00PM-3 TMS 2716 15.00PM-4 TMS 2532 30.00PM-5 TMS 2516,2716,2758 15.00

Optimal TechnolO8)', Inc.BlueWood 127,Earlysville,VA22936

Phone (804) 973-5482



023F C9 OD CH AR CHPIH CR IS IT CARRIAGE RETURN AS EOL?

0241 DO 02 6NE CHAR1 SKIP AHEAD IF N OT

0243 A9 00 LDAIH $00 ELSE CONVERT CR TO ZERO AS EOL

02 45 91 97 CHAR 1 3TAlY CURAD PUT IT AWAY~, 0247 ,0 04 BEQ SET NL BRANCH IF YES

0249 c8 I NY ELSE BUMP TO SET UP ,OR NEXT ONE

024A 10 CO BPL EGET AND GO GET IT IF STI LL ROOM ON LINE

024C 88 DE Y ELSE POINT BACK TO LAST CHAR & FALL THRU

0240 20 57 04 SETNL JSR LINEND DO CRILF AND FIX U P CURAD

0250 B O 85 BCS ELINE GO START A NEW LI NE

• E XE CU TI ON PORTION BEGINS HERE

0252 20 40 83 EXEC JSR CRLF EXTRA BLANK LINE AFTER EDITOR

0255 20 83 04 RESTRT JSR SET BGN HERE IF FROM J:I

0253 A2 J3 LDXIM $33 ZERO VA RI AB LE ZR EA S

025A A9 0 0 LDAIH $00

025C 85 96 ST A RETURN .01

0252 95 53 RESTR1 STAX VARI BS

0260 CA DEX

0261 10 FB B PL RESTR1

0263 B1 9 7 LSTART LOA IY CURAD GET CHARACT ER ,ROM THE LINE

0265 C9 2A CHPIH $2A CHECK FOR "." LABEL MARKER

0267 no 04 B NE CHKCON IF NOT - GO CHECK FOR CONDITIONAL

0269 C8 I NY OTHERWISE SKIP PAST THE •• "

026A C8 SKPNXT INY SKIP PAST TH E NEXT CHARACTER

026B 00 F6 BN E L ST AR T U NC ON DI TI ON AL

I FLAG DEPENDENT PROCESSING H ERE

0260 C9 59 CHKCON CMPIM $59 CH ECK FOR .yn REQUEST026F FO 04 BE Q TFLAG BRANCH IF YES

0271 C9 4& CMPIM $4E IF NOT - CHECK FOR "N " REQUEST

0213 DO 09 BN E STRTST BRANCH IF NEIT HER

I SEE IF CONDIT IONAL MATCHES FLAG

0215 C5 02 TFLAG CM P t'LG SEE IF TH EY MATCH

0211 FO F1 BE Q SKPNXT SKIP TO NEXT CHAR & EXECUT E LI NE

I NO MATCH - SKIP THI S STATEMENT

0219 20 5A 04 FWD JS R rIID1 US E T HI S S UB ROU TI NE

021C BO E5 BCS LSTART UNCONDITI ONAL

021& 85 81 STRTST ST A IFUG THIS WILL CLEAR HIGH B IT FOR EDIT OR

0280 C8 INY POINT TO THE ":" CHAR0281 C8 INY AND TO TH E FOLLOWING CHARACTER

• ENTER NAME STATEMENT

0282 C9 3F

0284 00 05

0286 38

0281 66 81

0289 00 OC

XQUEST CHPIM $3F

BNE XA

SE C

ROR IFLAG

BNE TAKEI N

• ACCEPT STATEM ENT

028B C9 41

0280 00 34

028F A5 91

0291 85 00

0293 A5 98

0295 85 01

XA CMPIH $41

BNE XC

LOA CURAD

STA LST

LOA CURAD

STA LST

IS IT "," FOR ENTER NAME,

B RANCH IF NOT

T URN HIGH ORDER BIT ON T O INDICATE

PROCESSI NG NA ME COMMAND

NOW USE T HE ACCEPT LOGI C

SEE IF HAVE ACCEPT STAT EMENT

BRANCH IF NOT

SAVE ADDRESS OF TH E "A" STATEMENT

NO TE: WI LL I NCLU DE COND IT IONA LS

.0 1

.0 1

0291 A9 3F T AKEIN LDAIH $3F DI SPLAY"," PROMPTING CHARACTER

0299 20 41 8A JSR OUTCHR

029C A2 21

029E 20 1B 8A ACHR

02A 1 C9 08

02A3 00 03

02A5 E8

02A6 00 F6

02A8 C9 00 ACHR1

02AA 00 02

02AC A9 00

02A& 95 03 ACHR2

0290 24 81

LDXIH $21

Jsl! INCH R

CMPIM $08

BNE ACHR1

IN X

BNE ACH R

CMPIM CR

BNE ACHR2

LDAIM $00

STAX CHRS

BIT IFLAG

September, 1979

CHRS GETS STORED BACKWARDS

GET AN INPUT CHARACTER

IS I T A BACKSPACE?

BRANCH IF NOT

ELSE FORGET ABOUT LAST CHARACTER IN

UNCONDITIONAL

WAS IT A CARRIAGE RETURN?

NO - SKIP AHEAD

YES - CONVERT CR T O END OF LINE

AND SAVE IT FOR MATCH STATEMENT

SEE IF GET TING NAME FIELD

MICRO - The 8502 Jo~rnal

long. If Y is minus after it has been in-

cremented, more than 128 charactershavegone bysince the start of the line.

Theeditor inserts anend of lineat this

point and continues on. If this occurs

during line print or scan for endof line, it

probably means that the PILOTprogram

has gone off the end, so these routines

branch toSETBGNtostart at thebeginn-ing again. This does not prevent the

PILOTprogram from looping while look-

ing for an undefined label, but it doesprevent printing somegarbage.

The first character on a line is not

necessarily useful for executing aPILOT

statement. Theremight bea line feed or

some other control character present

there. Theasterisk and the label arenot

used except as a destination for a USEor JUMPstatement. If wedo find oneof

these, wenot only need toskip it, but we

must also skip thenext character, sincethat is the label. The routine SKPJNK

takes care of skipping over everything

but the asterisk, since thesameroutine

is used by both normal command start

and by the label search routine.

Once the program has searched out

the first probable command characteron the line, the next thing it has todo is

look for a conditional flag. This willdetermine whether it must examine the

rest of the line. A "Y" or an "N" is acon-ditional, and if the character of one of

these lines, it is checked against thecur-

rent value in FLG. If they domatch, theprogram simply increments Y to point to

the following character, and also starts

again, but this time Y is pointing to theoperation code following the condi-tional.

Most of the other operations execute

inasimilar manner. They look at thecur-rent character inA,dotheir processing ifit is their turn, or branch to the next

routine if it isn't theirs. Therearesomeexceptions to this (naturally). TheTEXT

command is last because, if the

character isn't a valid statement, the

whole line must beprinted anyway. One

of theother exceptions is theprocessingfor ENTERNAME(?:) and ACCEPTstate-

ments, which share much of the samecode. Another is the code for JUMPand

USER statements, which also sharecommon code.

Logically, theonly difference between

the "?:" statement and the "A:" state-

ment is that the "?:" inputs characters

into both CHRS and into NAME, whilethe "A:" saves the starting address ofthe line for usein "J:A" (jump to last ac-

cept) processing. Infact, the processingof the ENTERNAME statement merely

involves setting the high order bit ofIFLAG on and skipping the saveof the

line address that theACCEPTstatementperforms. Thehigh order bit of IFLAG is

normally turned off bystoring the ASCII

command character in it. The code for

the ACCEPTstatement checks the high

16:43



order bit of IFLAG and stores the inputcharacter in NAME if the bit is on.

One thing to note is that data saved inNAME and CHRS are stored backwards,with the first input character inCHRS+ 39,the second in CHRS+ 38,etc.Since I have to initialize the X registeranyway, I could init ialize it with zero andcount up, or with 39 and count down. If Iam counting up, though, I need to do a

compare to see if I have reached themaximum value. If I am counting down,the minus flag will automatically setwhen I reach the end.

The COMPUTE statement usesdecimal arithmetic. Each variable is twobytes long, with the high order first. Thehigh order decimal digit (bits 0-3 of thefirst byte) are used to indicate the sign.A value of 8 or 9 indicates a negativenumber, while anything else is con-sidered positive. It works out to be tens'complement arithmetic. To illustrate,assume I want to calculate 1 minus 2,which everybody knows is -1. The ac-tual result from the decimal subtract is$9999, much as it would be $FFFF inbinary.

Inorder to displaythls as - 1,we haveto subtract $9999 from zero to get $0001.Using decimal arithmetic does havesome disadvantages, particularly thefact that the range of numbers is - 2000to + 7999 ($8000 to $7999)for two bytesinstead of - 32768 to + 32767 for binary.Another disadvantage is that INC is nota decimal instruction.

The primary advantage of usingdecimal mode is the ease of translat ingfrom ASCII to internal and back. TheASCII characters zero through nine are$30through $39 in hex. Mult iplying by 10

in order to accept the next digit into anumber is also very easy, since it only re-quires a four bit shift left. Converting todisplay merely means shifting each digitto the low order four bits. ANDing off thehigh order part, and ORing in $30.

The MATCH statement is the mostcompucateo stateraent apart from COM·PUTE. In theory, all thai has to be doneis compare the characters in CHRSagainst those in the MATCH statementline, and then set FLG to Y if they match,and to N if they don't. This works fine ifthey match. The problems come whenthey are different. Before the flag getsset to N, we have to determine why they

did not match.For one thing, it might be the end of

the MATCH statement line. Since all thecharacters up to that point have match·ed, the program treats this condition asa complete match. PILOT uses the com-ma as a seperator in the match state-ment to indicate alternate possible mat-ches, so if the mismatch character is acomma, it is treated as the end of line,and FLG is set to Y .

16:44

02B2 10 02 BPL A :llR3 BRANCH IF ~OT

0294 95 2B STAX N lilE ELSE SAVE IN N AME FIELD ALSO02B6 C9 00 ACHR3 CMPIM $ )1) IS IT DONE YET ?

02B8 FO 03 BEQ A )O NE BRANCH IF HE HAS SIGNALLED END

02BA CA DEX ELSE BUMP FOR NEXT INPUT

029B 10 E1 BPL A :IIR AND GO GET IT IF ROOM STILL LEFT

02BO 20 4D 83 ADONE JS R C II.F DO C R I L F TO LET GUY KNOW

02CO l IC 7 9 02 JM P F I:)

•• COMPUTE STAT ~IENT

02C3 C9 43 XC CMPIM $ II IS IT A "C" FOR COMPUTE?

02C5 FO 03 BEQ X: I BRANCH IF IT IS

02C7 4C 5 6 0 3 JMP x I ELSE LONG JUMP TO TEST ,OR ~

02CA 20 94 Oll XCl JSR G:"IDX GET INDEX POINTER TO RESULT

02CD S6 80 ST X A l:iX SAVE IT FOR NOW

02CF A9 00 LDAIM $ Iii C LEA R R ES UL T

0201 85 8B STA R : :i UL T

02D3 85 8c ST A R ::iULT .0 1

02D5 cs INY POINT TO ":"

0206 A2 2B LDXIM $ !II SET 1ST OPERAT ION TO "." FOR ADD0208 DO 4A BNE O'IIRAP GO SAVE & SET UP .ORK AREA

I LOOP FOR EAC I NEW CH ARACTER I N COMPUT E PROCESSI ~G

02DA C8

0208 B1 97

020D 30 20

020F C9 2F02E1 90 1C

02E3 C9 3A

02E5 BO 12

CMPLOP INY BUMP TO NEXT CHARACTER

LOAI Y C I !'.AO GET A CH ARACT ER

BMI I :(lPR MINUS IS DELETEIALSO LAST "OPERATOR"

CMPIM $ ~I' IS IT " I " FOR AN OPERAT ION SPECI FIED?BCC I i(IPR BRANCH IF YES

CMPIM $ iJ, IF NOT - IS IT ":" FOR A NUMBER?

BCS N I~'NMB BRANCH IF NOT - MUST BE A VARIABLE:

02E7 29 OF ANDlM $ 'I' CONVERT NUMBER TO BINARY

02E9 6A RORA SPIN TO H IGH ORDER PART O F A

02EA 6A RORA

02EB 6A RORA

02EC 6A RORA LEAVE BIT 3 I N CARRY

02EO A2 04 LDXIM $ I 4 BITS TO ROLL INTO .ORK

02EF 26 8A BUROL RO L W'lfK .01 RIPPLE CARRY INTO WORK

02F1 26 89 ROL II IfK FOR 16 BITS

02F3 OA ASLA PUT NEXT BIT INTO CARRY02F4 CA DEX COUNT ONE JUST D ONE

02F5 DO F8 BNE B l ROL CONTINUE IF M ORE TO GO

02F7 ,0 E1 BEQ C: !LOP ELSE GET NEXT CHARACTER (DIGITS)

02F9 20 9C 04 NOTNMB JSR Vi ANS TRANSFER VARIABLE :0 ·'ORK AREA

02FC 4C DA 02 JMP C:ILOP GO GET NEXT CHARACTER (OPERATION?)

I GO T A N O PE RA 10N - FIRST PERFORM PREVIOUS REQUEST

02FF F8

0300 AA

0301 A5 8F

0303 C9 200305 FO 10

0307 18

0308 A5 SA

030A 65 8C

030C 85 8c

030E A5 890310 65 8B

0312 85 8B

0314 4C 24 03

0317 38

0318 A5 8c

0 31 .4 E 5 8A

031C 85 8C

031E A5 8B

0320 E5 89

0322 85 8B

0324 08

0325 86 8F

0327 8A

0328 FO OA

032A 30 08

032C A9 00

032E 85 89

0330 85 8A0332 FO A6

ISOPR SED SET TO DECIMAL MODE

TAX SAVE NEW OPERATION IN X FOR NOW

LOA 0 fATN GET ?REVIOUS OPERATION

CMPIM $: I '"AS IT A "-" FOR SUBTRACT?BEQ 0 ~NUS BRANCH IF YES

CL C

LD A

AD C

ST A

LO A

AD C

ST A

JM P

OPMNUS SE C

LD A

SB C

ST A

LO A

SB C

ST A

OPIIRAP CL DST X

TXABEQ

BMI

ALL OTHERS ASSUME IT IS ADD

>I ( RK .01

RISULT .01

RISULT .01

W I R K

RIS ULTRISULT

OI~RAP GO WRAP UP T HE O PE RA TI ON

SUBTRACTION

RI SULT .01

WI RK .01

HI SULT .01

R I SULT

> II RK

RISUl.T

GET OUT OF DECIMAL ~ODE

OI RAT N SAVE NEW OPERAT IONDO TRANSFER TO CHECK i'OR "00"1"f'F"

CI PDON DONE IF IT WAS ZERO (EOL)

CIPDON OR DELETE CHARACTERS (FROM FILLING)

LDAIH $tO ELSE CLEAR WORK AREA FOR NEXT ONE

STA weRK

STA weRK .01BEQ CIPLOP AND GO DO NEXT CHARACTER

MICRO - The 6502 Journal September, 1979



0334 A6 80

0336 10 13

0338 A2 38

CMPOON LOX ANSX GET INDEX TO RES ULT

B PL TOVRI B PLUS I S NORMAL IND EX TO A VA RIA BLE

033A 20 gr 04

0330 20 AB 04

0340 A 2 OLl

0342 B 5 gO TA LOOP

0344 95 26

0346 CA

0347 10 rs

0349 30 08

034B A 5 8c TOVRIB

0340 95 54

034F A5 8B

0351 95 530353 4C 7g 02 XFWO

0356 C9 40

0358 D O 4F

035A 88

035B C8

035C A 2 27035E 81 g7

0360 FO 08

0362 05 030364 DO 08

0366 C8

0367 CA0368 10 F4

036A A2 59036C DO 37

036E C9 24

0370 so 130372 C9 2C

0374 rO r4

0376 C8

0377 B1 97

0379 rO 28

037S C9 2C

0370 FO DC

037r DO r 5

0381 A4 88

0383 DO r t

0385 C8

0386 86 8D0388 20 A 8 04

038B A6 80

0380 84 88

038F AO 04

LDXIM $38

JSR VTUNSJSR CNVOSP

LDXIM $04

LDAX HUMOSP

S TAX CHRS

DE X

B PL TALOOP

BMI XFWD

LOA RES ULT

STAX VARIB S

LOA RES ULT

STAX VARIB S

JM P NO

ELSE FUDGE IND EX FOR "FROM" RESULT

USI NG "RESULT - VARIBS"

+03 MOVE RESULT TO WORK A REA

+03 CONVERT IT TO DI SPLAY FORM

TRA NSFER DI SPLAY TO A NSWER A REA

+23 NOT E OH SE T TO PUT IT AT T HE EN II

UNCOND ITIONA L

+01 DES IRE D V AR IAB LE+0 1

• PROCES S M ATCH ST ATEMEN T

A ND GO D O HEXT ONE

X M CMPIM $4 0

SNE XU

DE Y

MCHKX I HY

LDXIM $27MCHK LDA IY CURAD

BEQ MXY

CMPX CHRS

BH E MXH MCH

INY

DE XBPL MCH K

MXY LDXI M $5g

BH E MX

MXH MCH CMPI M $24

BEQ MNUMB

CMPI M $2C

SEQ MXY

I S !T "M" FOR M ATCH?

BRA NCH I F NOT

SACK UP ONE rOR WH AT FOLLOWS

POI NT T O MA TCH CHA RACTER

STA RT AT FI RST A CCEPT ED CH ARA CTERGET TH E MAT CH CH ARACT ER

TH EY HA VE MAT CHED T O END OF "M :" S TM !

CH ECK FOR MA TCH

S RANCH IF MA TCH FA ILED

ELSE BUMP TO NEXT PAI R OF CHARACTERS

AND GO CH ECK I F S TILL DAT A LEFT

BO TH EQUAL - S ET r LAG TO "Y"UNCONDIT10NAL

IS IT "$" FOR VARIAB LE REQUEST ?

YES - MA TCH TO NUMERIC VA RIA BLE

IS IT A COMMA GROUP SEPA RAT OR?

YES - MAT CHED SO FAR - S ET IT AS YES

M COMMA I NY NO - S O NEED T O S KIP A HEA D T O COMM A

L DAI Y C UR ADBEQ MXS ETN IF TO EOL, TH ERE IS NO MORE T O CH ECK

CMPIM $2C CH ECK FOR A COMM A CHA RACTER

BEQ MCH KX RESTA RT CO HPA RE AT NEXT MAT CH CH ARACT ER

BNE M COHMA LOOP IN S EARCH OF A COMM A

M COMX LOY H OLDY RESE T Y T O CURRENT LI NE POIN TER

SNE MCOMM A AND GO LOOK rOR NEXT COMM A

M NUM B I NY VARIAB LE - BUH P TO VARI AB LE 10

STX ANSX SA VE CURRENT X FOR NOWjSR CNVOSP CONVERT VARIAB LE T O DI SPLAY FORM

LOX A NSX GET POINT ER T O I NPUT BA CK

STY H OLDY SA VE CURRENT "Y· POI NT ER

LOYIM $04 HA VE TO SEARCH UP T O 5 B YT ES

03g1 B9 90 00 MXNOLP

0394 FO 08

0396 05 03

0398 D O E703gA CA

039B 88

039C 10 F3

039E Al l B 8

03AO c 8

03A 1 D O BB

03A3 A 2 4E

03A5 86 02

03A 7 DO AA

j

03A 9 Cg 55 XU

03A B DO 11

03A D B1 g7

03AF 48

03BO 20 5A 04

03B 3 A5 97

03B 5 85 95

03B 7 A5 se03B 9 85 g6

03BB 68

September, 1979

MXDI FF LOY

I NY

B NE

LDAY

BEQ

CMPX

S NE

DE XDE Y

SPL

NUM OSP GET ONE NUM ERIC CHA RA CTER

MXDI Ff BRANCH I F END - MI GHT B E M ATCH

CHRS ELS E CH ECK AGA INS T INPUT

MCOHl BRA NCH IF NO MA TCH

ELS E CO NT INUE M AT CH ING

M XN OL P U NC O ND I T IO N AL

HOLOY RESE T Y TO CURRENT LI NE POIN TERB UMP TO CHA RACTER AFTER VARIAB LE

MCHK UNCOND ITI ONAL CONT INUE CHECKI NG

MXSET N LDXIM $4E

MX S TX FLG

BNE XFWD

GET "N" - MA TCH WAS UNSUCCESSFUL

STORE IT

UNCOND ITI ONAL FOWRARD TO NEXT LI NE

• PROCESS US E SUBROUT INE STA TEM EN T

CMPI M $55

B NE XJ

L DA IY C UR AD

PH A

JS R

LOA

S TA

LOAST APL A

IS IT A " u n f OR U SE S UB RO UT IN E?

BRANCH IF NOT

G ET D E ST I N AT 10 N

S AVE THE LAB EL CH ARACT ER

H OVE TO S TART OF NEXT LINEW0 1

CURA D

RETURN S AVE FOR RETURN A DDRESS

CURAD +01RET URN +01

GET D EST INATI ON BA CK

MICRO - The 6502 Journlll

There is also the possibility it mightbe caused by a request to match againstthe current value of a variable. To per-form variable matching, the programcalls CNVDSP which converts the vari-able to display format with leading zerossuppressed. It then matches the displayformat against the characters in CHRS.If the variable value matches, the pro-gram continues checking the rest of the

MATCH statement.

If, even after all this, we still have a no-match condition, all is not lost yet. Wehave to scan forward in the MATCHstatement, to look for a comma or theend of line. If we find the end of line,then FLG gets set to N. If we find a com-ma, the program starts the whole matchprocess over again, from the characterafter the comma in the MATCH state-ment and from the beginning of CHRS.All this sounds confusing but, for exam-ple, the statement "M:YE,OK,SUR" willprovide a Y indication for most affirma-tive responses such as YES or YES SIRor YEP or SURE WILL or OK.

As I mentioned earlier, the USE sub-routine statement shares much of itscode with the JUMP statement. Themain difference is that the USE state-ment must save the address of the startof the next statement, whi le the JUMPstatement doesn't need to. Note that theUSE statement does not nest levels(sorry about that).

There are two reserved labels inPILOT. The first is the asterisk, which isused to completely restart the PILOTprogram (including zeroing the vari-ables). The second reserved label is "A".This label indicates a JUMP (or USE)tothe last ACCEPT statement. If the labelin the statement is not one of the reserv-ed labels, the program sets CURAD backto the start of the PILOT program via acall to SETBGN + 3 and starts the searchfor that label.

The STOP statement is trivial. It mere-ly requires a jump back to the start of theeditor.

Processing of the EXIT from sub-routine statement is slightly more com-plex. It involves a check of the high orderbyte of the address contained in RE-TURN. If it is zero, then there was noUSE statement executed to get there,and the program merely advances to the

next line. The high order byte can neverbe zero, since all the lines are storedabove $500. After restoring the return ad-dress to CURAD, the program resets thehigh order byte to zero. This means thatthe PILOT program can either "fallthrough" a subroutine, or use it in a nor-mal fashion.

The REMARKS processing rivals thatof the STOP statement for complexity. Itmerely involves advanclnq to the next

16:45



statement. Onefinal PILOTstatement is

the TYPE statement. It is also the de-fault statement if noneof theabovesec-

tions processed it. If the statement is

not a true TYPEstatement, Y is backed

up twice, so the whole line will be

printed. Otherwise, the line is printed

following the "T:".

The remainder of the program con-

sists of subroutines used by various

PILOT statements. The routine PRT

prints the current line to the end. It uses

the high order bit of IFLAG to see if the

program is ineditor mode. If it is, thenall

characters are printed, instead of beingchecked for a "$" to indicate avariable.

After the line has been printed, a car-riage return and line feed are output. It

then falls through to FWD1.

The purpose' of this routine is to ad-

vance to the end of the current line, and

set up CURADfor the next line. Since it

checks for end of line first, before incre-menting Y,the fall through from PRTwill

immediately exit this routine, thus sav-

ing a branch in PRT.

FWD1,in turn, exits toa routine calledSCURAD.This adds one to Y, and adds

the result to CURADas the start of the

next line. Finally, this routine falls

through to SKPJNK, which skips overanyunwanted junk at thestart of the line

and executes the return.

With theexception of CNVDSP,the re-

maining routines are short and prettymuch to the point. TheVTRANSroutine

must transfer the high order byteof thevariable last, so it sets the sign flag for

CNVDSP.The format of the NUMDSPar-

ray is set up in the same "backward"

manner used for CHRSand NAME, and

it is the output of CNVDSP. If the vari-

able is negative, a " - " is inserted as thefirst character.

Thehigh order bit of SIGNIF Isused tokeep track of whether a non-zerodigit

has beenencountered in the number be-

ing converted. If the bit is off and the

current digit is zero, the index is not

decremented, but the zero is stored

anyway. If the bit is on, the digit getsstored regardless of its value. Any non-

zerodigit turns onthehigh order bit, justto make sure. An end of line zero is in-

serted after the last digit.

Therearethree SYMmonitor routinesused inthis program. If you plan tobring

Tiny PILOT up on another system you

will have to change the addresses forthese routines. They are all fairly stan-

dard, so most systems should have

equivalents. INCHR gets one ASCIIcharacter from the terminal into the A

register, without parity; OUTCHR out-

puts one ASCII character from A; and

CRLF outputs a carriage return then a

line feed. Tiny PILOT assumes that allregisters are preserved b'y theseroutines. jJ

16:46

03BC DO 06 NO GO HANDLE AS JUMP STA TEMENT

• PROCESS JUMP ST AT EMENT

03BE C9 4A XJ CMPIM $I.A IS IT "J" [ 'O R J UM P S T AT E .' lE NT ?

03CO DO 2E BNE X" BRANCH 1[' NO T,03C2 81 97 LDAIr CIIRAD GET D ESTINA TION

03C4 85 87 JDO ST A I I'LA G SAVE LAB EL CH ARAC TER

03C6 C9 2A CMPIM $;!A HAVE "". TO REQUEST RET URN TO BEGINNING?

03C8 ['0 2 3 BEQ IllES T BRANCH IF SO

03CA C9 41 CMPIM $111 SEE IF A ~ABELLED JUMP

03CC DO OA BNE JF IF NOT "A", IT'S A NORMAL JUMP

03CE AS 00 LD A L:;T ELSE SET TO ST ART 0[' L AS T A CC EPT

03DO 85 97 ST A CURAD

03D2 A5 01 LD A L:iT +01

03D4 85 98 ST A CllRA D +01

03D6 DO 43 BNE II. NEXT UNCONDITIONA L

03D8 20 86 04 JF JS R S ICTBGN +03 AND GET BA CK TO STA RT OF PROGRAM

03DB Bl 97

03D D C9 2A

03DF DO 07

03E1 C8

03E2 B1 97

03E4 C5 87

03£6 FO 3303E8 20 SA 04

03EB BO EE

03ED 4c 55 02

03FO C9 53

03F2 DO 0303F4 4C 00 02

03F7 C9 4503F9 DO 10

03FB AS 96

03FD FO 1003FF 85 98

0401 A5 95

0403 85 97

0405 A9 00

0407 a s 96

0409 FO 10

FNDMRK LDAI r C:1RA D GET ['lRST CH ARACT ER

CMPIM $.1A IS IT """ FOR A MA RKER?

BNE Fl1NEXT NOPE - GO AHEAD TO NEXT LINE

INY ELS E BUMP TO M ARKER CHARACTER

LDAIY C1RAD GET LABEL

CMP FLAG SEE IF I TS THE ONE WE WANT

BEQ 1.NEXT rES - GO EXECUn: IT

FMNEXT JS R F,Dl ELSE GO TO NEXT L:NE

BCS FmMRK AND CONTINUE LOOKING

IREST JI '.P R;STRT IND IRECT TO RESTRTI

I S TO P S TA TE ME n

XS CMPIM $;3 IS IT AN "S" FOR S TOP STATEMENT?BNE X; BRANCH IF NOT

JMP srART ELSE RETURN TO EDITOR START

• EXI T FROM SUB ROUT IN E

XE CMPIM $45 IS IT AN "E"BNE XR BRANCH I F NOT

LDA RETURN +01 MOVE RETURN ADDRESS TO CURAD

BEQ XXFWD SKIP LINE IF NOT SET

ST A CURAD +01

LDA RETURN

STA CURAD

LDAIM $00 NOW SET TO NOT-USED AGAINST A RETURN +01

BEQ ILNEXT UNCOND:TIONAL

• R EM AR K S TA TE ME NT

040B C9 52 XR

040D DO 03040F 4c 79 02 XXFWD

0412 C9 54

0414 FO 02

0416 88

0417 88

0418 20 21 04

041B 20 6E 04041E 4c 63 02

0421 Bl 97

0423 FO 32

0425 24 87

0427 30 26

0429 C9 24

0428 DO 22

042D C8

042E Bl 97

0430 C9 3F0432 FO OF

CMPI!1;52

BNE )T

JMP 'WD

IS IT AN !'R t1

BRANCH IF NOT - ELSE SKIP THE LINE

CAN'T REACH T HAT FAR A LONE

• T YPE STATEMENTS AND SYNTAX ERRORS

CMPI M 1,54

BEQ ,'E

DE Y

DE Y

TE JSR

I LNEXT JSR

JM P

XT IS I T A V ALID "T " S TATEMENT

BRANCH IF SO

ELSE BA CK UP TO ORIGINAL S TART

I'RT NOW PRINT THE LINE

!'KPJNK CUR A D IS SE T - SKIP OVER LE.tilINGJUNKLST ART AND GO START ON THE LINE

I PRINT A LINI: FROM CURRENT LOCATION TO

• NEXT EOL A NII T HEN SET UP FOR NEXT LINE

PRT LDAIY I:URAD GET THE CURRENT CHARACTER

BEQ !.INEND B RAJICH IF T O END OF LINE

BIT ':FLAG SEE IF I N EDI TO R

BMI I~ROUT IF SO, DON'T LOOK FOR '$'

CMPIM :.24 I S IT A SPECIAL ONE ("$")

BNE I~ROUT BRANCH IF NOT

INY ELSE BUMP T O NEXT ONE

LDAIY ,:URAD GET VA RIA8LE

CMPI M BF IS IT REQUEST FOR NAME ("$") 7

BEQ 11AMEO B RAJICH IF YES

MICRO - The 8502 Journel September, 1979



O~34 20 A8 04

0"37 A2 04

0439 B5 90043B 1'0 15

0430 20 47 8A0 ! !4 0 C A

0441 10 1'6

0443 A2 27

0445 85 2B

04 47 1'0 0 9

0449 20 47 SA

Q44C CA

044D 10 1'6

04!!F 20 47 8A

0452 C8

0453 10 CC

0455 30 2C0457 20 4D 83

0!!5A Bl 97

045C 1'0 05

045E C8

0 45 1' 10 1' 9

)461 30 20

0463 C8

0464 980465 18

0466 65 970468 85 97

046A 90 02

046c 86 98

046E AO 1'1'

0470 C8

0471 24 87

0473 30 OC0475 B l 97

0477 30 rt0479 C9 2A

047B 1'0 0 4

0470 C9 31'

0471' 90 EF

0481 380482 50

0483 20 40 830486 AO 00

0488 84 97

Q48A 84 00

048c A9 05048E 85 98

0490 85 010492 DO DA

0494 B1 97

0496 38

0497 E9 410499 OA

049A AA

049B 60

.. ./

~ 49C 20

0 49 1' B 5

04A 1 85

04A3 B5,)4.1.5 85

04A7 60

September, 1979

VBDISP

JSR CNVOSP CONVERT VAa IABLE TO DIS?LAY

LDXLM $04 GOT BYTES POS SIBLE

LDAX NUMOSP GET A CHARACTER

BEQ CHROUT +03 BRANCH IF TO END OF VARIABLE

JSR OUTCHR ELSE OUTPUT IT

DEX AND COUNT IT

BPL VBDISP UNCONDITIONAL LOOP

NAMED LDXIM $27 REMEMBER - IT CAME IN BACKWARDS

LDU NAME

SEQ CHROUT +03 BRANCH IF TO END OF NAME

JSR OUTCHRDE X

BPL NAMEO +02 UNCONDITIONAL

CHROUT JSR

INY

BPL

BMI

LI NEND JSR

OUTCHR

PRT LOOP I F NOT TOO MANY

SETBGN RESET TO BEGINNING IF PAST THE END

CRLF OUTPUT A CR AND T HE LINE FEED

I ENTER HERE TO SKIP A LINE WITHOUT PRINT

I AND INITIALIZE FOR THE NEXT LINE

FWD1 LDAI Y CURAD GET A CHARACTER

BEQ SCURAD BRANCH IF END OF LINE

INY ELSE B UMP TO NEXT ONE

8PL FWD1 LOOP I F NOT TOO MANY

8M I SETBGN RESEr-TO BEGINNING IF PAST THE END

I HERE FIXES UP CURAD TO POINT TO BEGINNING OF A LINE

I CURAD SHOULD IND EX END OF LINE (WITH YJ ON ENTRY

SCURAD INY

TYA

CL C

AD CST A

BCCINC

CURAD

CURAD

SKPJNK

CURAD

BUMP PAST THE CR

MOVE COUNT TO A

CLEAR CARRY FOR AD D

ADD TO LOW ORDER FIRST

AND SA V E RESULT

SKIP IF NO CA RRY FORWARD

+01 ELSE BUMP HIGH ORDER

I HERE TO SKIP PAST LEADING JUNK ON A LINE

SKPJNK LDYI M $1'1'

S JLOOP INY

BIT

BMILDAIY

BMI

CMPIMBEQ

CMPIMBCC

S JRTS SEC

RT S

IFLAG

SJRTS

CURAD

SJLOOP

$2 ASJRTS

$31'SJLOOP

SET UP Y THIS WAY

I NCREMENT T O NEXT CH AR ACT ER

SEE IF IN EDI T MODE

DON'T TRY SKIPPING JUNK IF SO

GET CHARACTER TO LOOK AT

IGNORE DELETE CHARACTER ALSOLOOK FOR ••• LABEL MARKER

RETURN IF FOUND

LOOK FOR POSSI BL E O PERAT ION CH ARACT ERCONTINUE S KIPPING IF TOO LOW

SET CARRY FOR BRANCHES AFTER RETURN

B EFO RE R ET UR N

I SET UP BEGI NNING ADDRESS OF USER AREA

S ETBGN JSR CRLF START ON A NEW LINE

LDYIM $00 EVEN PAGE BOUNDARY

STY CURAD

STY LS T ALSO SET UP THIS GUY AS DEFAULT

LDAIM $05STA CURAD +01

STA LS T +01BNE SKPJNK UNCONDI TIONAL

I COMPUTE INDEX FOR A VA RIABLE

GET lOX LDAIY CURAD

SE C

SBCIM $41ASLA

TAX

RT S

GET VARIABLE LETTER

SUBTRACT ·A· TO MAKE RELATI VE TO ZEROT IM ES 1' \10B YT ES PE R V Al UA BL E

MOVE TO INDEX REGI STER

A ND R ET UR N

I TRANSFER A VARIA BLE'S DATA T O WORK AREA

94 04

54

8A

5339

nRANS JSR

LOU

ST A

LOU

S7 A

ilTS

GETIDX

VA RIBS

WORKVA RIBS

WORK

GET INDEX POI NTER FIRS T

+01 NOW MOVE T O WORK AREA

+0 1


by Commodore

The O rigina i6S02 Sys tem

20mA cunent tccp TTY Interface

Audio ("'nelle Interface

15 Use r 110 l in e,

2 tnterv a1Timers

1K+ RAM

21( K IM Mon it or ROM

He ll Ke yp a d ll ED Di sp l a y

KIM·1; S18QOO

The Ultimate Enclosure

for the KIM-1

P ro tect s You r K IM-l

Neat, Attractive, Profess ional

full Acceu to the hpamion and

Application Connectors

ENCLOSURE PLUS

for KIM: $3000

Room for the KIM·l and OneAd di ti on a 1B oa rd s uc h a 5

MEMORY PLUS o r V IDEO PLUS.

b y R oc kwe ll ln le rn al io n a 1

The Complet e 6502 Sys tem

20Co lumn Thermal P rint er

H igh Speed Aud io Cas se tt e

I(eyboard Versatile 81( ROM Monitor

AIM 6 5: $ ]7 50 0 1 1( RAM - 5 42 00 04K RAM

ENCLOSUREWITH BUILT IN

POWER SUPPLY

SPECIFICATIONS:

INPUT: 1101220 VAC 50/60 Hz

OUTPUT: + 5V @ 5A+24V@IA

GROUNDED THREE·WIRE L INE CORD

ON/OFF SWITCH WITH P ILOT L IGHT

Enclosure has room 'or the AIM .nd one

a ddi ti ona l boa rd: MEMORY PLUS o r VIDEO PLUS

AIM PLUS: $10000 AIM and AIM PLUS: $47500

617/256-3649

16:47



_ - - - - - ~ACRO ASSEMB LER and T EXT EDI TOR:for PET, APPLE I I , SYM, KI M, other.M ac ros , co ndi ti ona l a ss emb ly, 2 7

c om ma nd s, 2 2 p se ud o-o ps . C as se tt eand manual for $49.95 ($1.00 forinfo). C.W. Moser

3239 Linda DriveWi ns to n-S al em , N C 27106

ZI PTAPE loads 8K B ASI C in 15 sec-

onds! Slower than a speeding disk?Sure, but it only costs $22.50plus $1.00 S&H. $3.00 extra for

software on KIM cassette. Des-cribed in MI CRO U6. SASE for info.Order from: Lew Edwards

145 1 H am il ton A ve .T renton, NJ 08629

GRAFAX, the full screen graphics

editor for the OSI 2P, 540 videog ra phi cs RO M, p oll ed k eyb oar d.S in gle ke yst rok e c omm and s m ake

d ra win g a br eez e. $1 0 + $1.00 post·a ge fo r B AS IC /as sem bl er c as set tea n d d o cu m en t at i on :

Mark Bass269 Jamison DriveFra nkf ort , l L 6 042 3

Software for the APPLE:$ 25 b uys S CRO LLI NG WON DER

+ GI AN T L ET TE R+ H I -R E S A L PH A NU M ER I CS

on cassette, 16K. $25 buys:

MULTI-MESSAGE +

I N T ER L EA V ED K A LE I DO S CO P E +

MULTI-MESSAGE w/ AB ST RA CT A RT

on cassette, 32K. Send check or Met o: C on ne ct ic ut I nf or ma ti on S ys te ms

218 Huntington Rd.

B ri dg epo rt, C T 0 66 08

MAI LING LI ST PROGRAM for APPLE:

Maintain complete mailing list!

Requires 1 drive and Applesoft I I

Data base can be added, changed,

deleted, reformatted, searched (~

and sorted (5). Send $34.95 to:

SOFT WARE T ECH NOLOGY for COMPUT ER~

P.O. Box 428

Belmont, Ma. 02178

For only $33 for 12 issues you

get CURSOR, the original cassette

magazine for the Commodore PET .

Each issue has a graphic "Front

Cover" program, plus five excel-

lent programs that are ready to

Load and Run. The CURSOR NOTES

newsletter with each issue pro-

vides useful information about

the programs and help you with

using your PET .

CURSOR

Box 550

Goleta, Ca. 93017

S ou the ast er n S of twa re N EWS LET TER

for Apple II Owners. $ 1 0 . 0 0 for

10 issues per year. B ack issues

available at $1.00 each. Order

from:

S OU TH EA ST ER N S OFT WA RE

7270 CULPEPPER DRI VE

DEPT . MI

\.:NEW ORLEANS, LA. 70126

16:48

04A8 20 9C04AB 10 1704AD A9 2004AF 85 940 4B 1 F804B 2 3804B 3 A9 00

04B5 E5 8A04B7 85 8A04B9 A9 00

0488 E5 8904BO 85 890 4B F D804CO A2 0304C2 DO 02

04C4 A2 0404c5 1804C7 55 8E0 4C9 A 5 8q04CB 20 E5 0404CE A5 8A0 400 4A0 401 4A0 402 4A0 403 4 A0404 20 E5 040407 AS 8A0409 20 E5 04

040C 24 8E040E 30 010 4EO C A04E1 A9 0004E3 95 9004 E5 5 0

04E5 29 OF04E8 09 3004EA 95 9004EC 24 8E04EE 30 O~04FO C9 3004F2 DO 010 4F4 5 0

04F5 38

04F6 56 8E0 4F8 C AOJlF950

• C ON VER T A VA RI AE LE T O DI SPL AY FO RM

04 CNVDSP JSR VT RA~S MOVE T O WORK AREAB PL ISPLlS B RANCH IF POSAT I VELDAI M $20 ELSE PUT I N MI NUS SIGNST A NUMD~.P+04SED SET DECI MAL MODE I NDI CAT ORSECLDAI M $00 SUBT RACT FROM ZERO T O COMPLZMENT

S8C WORK +01ST A WORK +01L DA IM $ 00

SB C WORKST A WORKCLD CLEAR DECI MAL MODELDXI M $03 ONLY 4 POSI T IONS LEFTBNE ISPL SKI P INDEX SET

ISPLUSI S PL1

$04 H AS FI VE P OS IT IO NS H Al LA BL EO FF S I GN I FI C AN C E I N DI C AT O R

LDXlMCL CH ORLO AJS RLO ALSRALSR~LSRALSRAJS RLO AJS R

BI TBMIDE XLDAH!STAXHT S

PLUSTURN

SIGN:.FWORKTOOU1'WORK

GET FI RST D IGI TPUT T O OUT PUT AREA+01 SECOND DI GI T ISMOVE T O LOW ORDER

HI GH ORDER OF T HIS

ISPL2

TOOUTWORK +01 LOW ORDER IS T HI RD DIGI TTOOU1

S IGN ]F SE E I F H AD AN Y S IGN IFI CAN T C HAR SISPL; SKI P NEXT IF YES

ELSE KEEP T HE LAST ZERO TH ERE$00 INSERT END OF LI NE MARKERNUMD~P

A ND R ET U RN

• CONVERT CURRENT VALUE T O xsctr AND PUT T O OUT PUT AREA

TOOUT A ND IM $ OFO RA IM $ 30STAX NU~PBI T SIGN1FB MI SETS1GC MP IM $ 30BNE SETS]GRT S

KE EP O NLY LO W O RDE RMAKE IT ssctrS A VE R E GA R DL E SSS EE I F S IG NI FI CA NC E S TA RT EDYES - ALL ARE I MPORT ANT NOWELSE SEE I F SHOULD ST ART NOWI MPOR TAN T I F N OT Z ER OE LS E R ET UR N

3 ET SI G S EC

HOROE XP GM EN D H T S

S ET S IGN IFI CA NC E B IT O N

S I GN ] F A L WA YSA ND POI NT T O N EXT A VAI LAB LE POS I710NA ND T HEN R ET URN

S YM BO L T AB LE 2 00 0 2 21; AACHR 029E ACHRQ 02A8 ACH RR 02AE ACHRS 0286ADONE 0280 ANSX 0080 BI T ROL 02EF CH AR 023FCHARQ 0245 CHKCOI I 0260 CH ROUT 044F CHRS 0003CMPOON 0334 CMPLOI '02DA CNVDSP 04A8 eR 0000CRLF 8340 CURAD 0097 EGET 020C ELINE 0207EXEC 0252 FLG 0002 FHNEXT 03E8 FNDMRK 03DBF'li0 0279 F'liOQ 045A GETlDX 04911 HOLDY 0088IFLAG 0087 I L NE : C 0 4 18 INCHR 8A1B IREST 03EDISOPR 02FF I SPLQ 04c6 I SPLR 04E1 I SP LU S 0 4C 4JDO 03C4 JF 0308 LINENO 0457 LST ART 0263LST 0000 MCHK 035E MCHKX 0358 MCOMMA 0376MCOMX 0381 MNUMB 0385 M X 03A5 MXDIFF 039EMXNMCH 036E MXNOU' 0391 MXSETN 03A3 MXY 036A

NAME 0028 NAMEO 0443 NOTNMB 02F9 NUMOSP 0090OPMNUS 0317 OPRAn· 008F OPI/RAP0324 O UT CH R 8 A4 7PADLOP 0231 PGMENII 04F9 PH T 0421 R ES T RQ 0 25 ER ES TR T 0 25 5 RESULT 008B RETURN 0095 SCURAD 0463SET8GN 0483 SETNL 0240 SET SIG 04F5 S I GN I F 0 08 ES JL OO P 0 47 0 SJRTS 0481 SKPJNK 046E S KP NX T 0 26 ASTART 0200 STRTS1 027E TAKEIN 0297 TALOOP 03421'E 0418 TFLAG 0275 TOOUT 04E5 T O VR IB 0 34 8T RY DS P 0 22 4 TRYREF 0220 VARI ES 0053 V8DI SP 0439V TR AN S 0 49 C WORK 0089 XA 028B XC 02C3xC Q 02CA XE 03F7 XF'o'O 0353 XJ 03B EXM 0356 XQUES1 0282 XR 040B XS 03FOXT 0412 XU 03A9 XXF'o'D040F




I - - - - - - - - - - - - - ~ - - - - - - IName ----------------

IAddress ------------------------ ----------

ICity State _ _ Zip _

IDo you own a computer? What tYPE? _

: Do you use your computer for: Business?______ I

IPersonal? Education? __Other? I-----------_ . ._ - - - - - -



compQ~=microsystems

P.O . B ox 6 87

224 S.E. 16th Street

Ames, Iowa 50010

D A l r r l

DAIM isa complete disk operating system for the FIOCKWELL INTERNATIONAL

AIM 65. The DAIM system includes a controller board (with 3.3K operating system in

EPROM)which plugs into the ROCKWELL expansion motherboard, packaged power

supply capable of driving two 5 1/4 inch floppy dr ives and one or two disk drivesmounted in a unique, smoked plastic enclosure. DAIM is completely compatible in

both disk format and operating system functions 'Nith the SYSTEM 65. Commandsare provided to load/save source and object files, initialize a disk, list a file, list a disk

directory, rename files, delete and recover files and compress a disk to recover

unused space. Everything is complete - plug it in and you're ready to go! DAIM

provides the ideal way to turn your AIM 65 into a complete 6500 developmentsystem. Also pictured are CSB 20 (EPROM/RAM) and CSB 10(EPROM programmer)

which may be used in conjunction with the DAIM to provide enhanced functionalcapability. Base price of $850 includes controller board with all software in EPROM,power supply and one disk drive. Now you know why we say -

There is nothing like a

e m m Phone 515-232-8187



TH E .M ICRO SO FTWARECATAL OG : XII

Mike RoweP.O. Box 6502

Chelmsford, MA 018 :,

Name: AIM 65 Morse Code Send ProgramSystem: AIM 65

Memory: Less than 1K

Language: Assembly LanguageHardware: One IC (inverter), one relay (no relays

necessary for solid state transmitters)

Description: This program converts the AIM 65 keyboard

input into Morse code characters that are then output to

pin PAOon the applications connector. A suitable buffer

(two 7404 inverters) will key the transmitter or drive arelay. The following feature are provided:

1) The characters are displayed on the AIM 65 display

as they are typed on the keyboard. Up to 20

characters may be displayed, with a 20 characteroverflow buffer, giving the ability to type 40characters ahead.

2) The display is updated (scrolled to the left) as thecharacters are sent.

3) The display is updated as the characters are entered.

4) The DEL key allows characters to be deleted (back-space and delete).

5) Code speed is set and controlled digitally by enteringthe speed (in decimal) on the keyboard. Speeds from

05 to 99 wpm are possible.

6) The speed can be changed at any time by pressing

the ESC key, followed by entering the speed in words

per minute.

7) A message being sent may be halted at any time by

means of the carriage return key.

Copies: Just Released (hopefully thousands)Price: $3.50

Includes: Source listing in the AIM 65 dissasembly tor-

mat interface description, and instructionsfor operation.

Author: Marvin L. De Jong

Available from: Marvin L. De Jong

S.R. 2, Box 364A

Branson, MO 65616

September, 1979

Narm : MONITOR·II

Systs m: APPLE·II

Mem Iry: 3K + DOS 3.2 requirements

Lang iaqe: Machine LanguageHard rare: APPLE·II , DISK·II

(Sup] orted) High speed serial card, Programmer's Aid

ROM Applesoft ROM

Desc ption: MONITOR·II is an extension to Apple's

ROM Monitor that adds an interactive command

lanq; age. MONITOR·II provides the user: Extended cur-

sor c mtrol-Named program load, initialize, and execute

from lape or disk·Programmer's Aid ROM #1 interface

and .ornrnands-Translent area management·Variable

spee- listings-Split screen dlsplay-Speclat I/O routine

supp.ut-User extensible interact ive commands-Integer

BASI:: Variables Utility·Resident supervisor-much

more

Copk s: Just released

Price $45.00 on disk (Introductory)

lnclu les: System disk, user's guide

Optic ral: Assembly listings, systems guide

Auth: -: W.C. Deegan

Avail. .ble from: W.C. Deegan

2 Fairfax Towne

Southfield, MI 48075

Name Single Drive Copy

Syste 1 1 : APPLE

Memc ry : 16KLanqi age: Integer BASIC

Descr otion: Allows you to copy a diskette using one

drive. Autornatlcally adjusts for available memory andcorne.. with the option of not initializing disk.

Copie:: 10Price: :~19.95 + $1.00 postage & handling (PA residents

add 6% sales tax).

Incluc I!S: Cassette with instructions.

Authc ': Vince CorsettiAvail" hle from: Progressive Software

P.O. Box 273Ply. Mtg., PA 19462

MICRO - The 6502 Jou 'nsl 16:51



Name: CLASS ATTENDANCECHURCH ATTENDANCE

System: PETMemory: 8K or moreLanguage: BASICHardware: PET, 8K or larger

Description: Class Attendance & Church Attendancemaintain attendance records for any group which meetsregularly, using data tapes. The school version recordso to 5 days' attendance for each of up to 39 weeks. Thechurch version does the same for 0 to 5 times for eachof 12 months.

Attendance automatically sorts entires alphabetical-ly within & between data tapes. Though presentlydimensioned for up to 10 tapes of 70-85 names each,there is no limit to the number of tapes that can be us-ed.

Commands include: ADD, DELETE, LIST, UPDATE,END & CATEGORY. Within CATEGORY there are 8 sub-commands for frequency of attendance, (perfect atten-dance this month, for example). There is also a Helpcommand to escape to the main menu from anywhere inthe program, and a Back-up command to correctmistakes in updating. With four SIMPLE line changes,

PET's with the upcoming roms can use Attendancealso.

Copies sold: JUSt released,Price: $12.95 (either version)Includes: Program cassette with sample Directory &

sample data, 2 blank C-10tapes for data, anda 6 page instruction booklet with lists of vari-ables used & location of major routines.

Author: James StrasmaAvailable from: Dr. Daley

425 Grove Av.Berrien Springs, MI 49103(616) 471-5514 (Sun-Thurs, Noon-9PM)(Master Charge & Bank Americard OK)

Name: Omni Plotting PackageSystem: APPLEMemory: 32KLanguage: BASICHardware: Disk and Applesoft on ROM

Description: 7 data sets and 2 exec file examples 12basic programs, employ the High Resolution Mode. Noshape tables are used, data base is Cartesian coor-dinates which can be sent over the phone or to hard-copy plotters. Package allows ease of intricate graphicsgeneration supported by easy manipulation of graphicsafter generation. Package is excellent for map making,drafti ng, artistry and any other purely visual application.

Price: $19.00+$5.00 for diskette or you send one. We

pay postage.

Includes: 12basic programs, 7 data sets, 2 examples, 19page illustrated users manual with step by stepinstructions.

Author: P.S. TruaxAvailable from: Omni Plotting Package

c/o P.S. Truax237 Star Rte.Santa Barbara, CA 93105

16:52

Name: Applesoft BASIC-Optimization LibrarySystem: APPLE"Memory: 1BKLanguage: 6502 Assembly LanguageHardware: Standard (Applesoft ROM card optional)

Description: The Library consists of two 1.3Kassembly-language programs (VAROPT & REMOUT)that will workin any APPLE II with APPLOSOFT lIa, VAROPT renamesall variables to unique 1-2character variable names anddisplays (prints) a cross-reference listing with new

name, old name, and all l ine numbers where the variablewas referenced. REMOUT removes remarks, removesextra colons, renumbers from 1 by 1,and concatenatesshort lines into a reduced number of long lines.

Together, these programs will convert a verbose, well-documented development version of an Applesoft pro-gram into an extremely memory-efficient, more-secureproduction version.

Copies: Just ReleasedPrice: $15/Cassette, $20/Disk

Includes: Cassette/disk with hex listing & instructionsAvailable from: Sensible Software

P.O. Box 2395Dearborn, MI 48123

Name: APPLE XFRSystem: APPLE" with diskMemory: 3:~KLanguage: Machine LanguageHardware: Apple II, Disk II, D.C. Hayes Micromodem II

Description: This program will establish a session bet-ween two Apples and allow transfer of any text file fromone to another. All text file I/O is written in machinelanguage. Programs are also included to facilitate theconversion of any Integer or Applesoft program to a textfile.

Copies: Just releasedPrice: $15.!l5 on disketteIncludes: Diskette and documentation

Author: Travis JohnsAvailable from: Travis Johns

1642 Heritage Cr.Anaheim, CA 92804

Name: OnlELLOSystem: APPLEMemory: 1BKLanguage: Integer BASIC

Description: A game played by one or two players. Oncea piece is played the color may be reversed many times,with sudden reverses of luck. Can win with a single

move. Computer keeps all details and flips the pieces.Copies: 10Price: S9.9!5+ $1.00 postage & handling (PA residents

add 6% sales tax).

Includes: Cassette with instructions.Author: Vince Corsetti

Available from: Progressive SoftwareP.O. Box 273Ply. Mtg., PA 19462

MICRO- The 6502Journal September, 1979





a table lookup scheme and transfering

to a separate routine for each 8080op-code. This offered some advantages in

simplicity and execution speed but it re-

quired far morememory than I cared touse.

A careful analysis of the8080instruc-

tion set suggested that the 256 table en-

tries and routines required by a "brute

force" technique could bereduced by25by grouping the 8080 op-codes into

categories sharing common functions.

Inaddition, certain judicious tradeoffs

could be made between simplicity and

ideal features, taking best advantage of

the addressing modes and features of

the 6502. For instance, the 6502 stack

resides in page one and many of the

6502's instructions and addressing

modes makeuseof pagezero. Toavoid

memoryuseconflicts it would havebeenniceto simulate 8080memorystarting at0200 HEX, making that address

equivalent internally to 0000 HEX.This

would have required a great deal of

overhead in the form of a special

monitor to show addresses minus the

200 HEXoffset.

Theaddresses being used bythe8080

program while running would haveto be

converted dynamically, and in order touse indirect addressing a special set of

simulated registers would have to be

maintained in pagezero. Besides requir-ing much morecode, this would slow ex-

ecution speed down considerably. Idecided instead to simply require the

user to patch around the small areas in

page zero and page one being used bythe simulator.

Final Design Overview

Laying out the 8080 instruction set

graphically on a hexadecimal grid, as il-lustrated, reveals some interesting

features. Four major divisions are ap-

parent, neatly dividing the instruction

set into quadrants. Thesecond quadrant

is composed alomst entirely of MaV in-struction op-codes. This MaV group

most clearly illustrates the way that8080 op-codes break down into source

and destination fields, and suggests thebest way to organize simulated 8080

registers in memory.

With simulated registers arranged

properly inmemory, source and destina-tion field data can beextracted from the

op-code and used as indexes to the

registers involved. In every case whereinstructions act upon individual

registers their order, as dtermined by

this source/destination indexing scheme

is B.C,D,E,H,L,M,A-where M is not an

actual register but rather the content ofthe mrmory location pointed to by the

HL register pair.

This order suggests ageneral method

for accessing individual registers with

some slight exceptional logic for the M

16:54

"pseudo-register". By inverting the

source and destination indexes andreversing the order of the 8080 registers

in memory it becomes possible te use

the HL register pair directly as an in-

direct pointer to memory. Addln; theStack Pointer and Program Counter to

the register array in the same reversed

order completes the simulated r€~listerset.

Looking again at the Instruction set

grid it can beseen that a syrnrne ry ex-ists based on the source field of t ie op-code. For instance, all INR instru ctions

have source fields containing 0'· HEXwhile all OCRinstructions have0:; HEX

as their source field. The tourth

quadrant exhibits similar symmetry. The

third quadrant is more logically defined

bythe destination field, but still ci"idesinto 8 groups of similar tnstructlons as

dothe first and fourth quadrants. '-,ese,

along with the entire MaV quaclrant,

total 25groups of similar instructi ens, A

major task, then, of the slrnulator

mainline is to determine from 111'3 op-codewhich of the 25groups it belor gs in

so tht control can be transfered \J the

proper routine to interpret it.

To keep the simulator as compact as

possible it is advantageous to petorm

as many common operations as possi-ble in the mainline. Fetching 11113 op-

code, extracting source and desti 'ation

indexes from it and tncrementlnq the

Program Counter are fundamental. Themainline also fetches the conte it ofmemory pointed to by the HL w!jister

pair, clears a flag used by "anysimulator routines, saves data frorn the

register pointed toby thedestination in-

dex for later operations, tests tor and

handles interrupts and handles other"housekeeping" type functions.

At theend of themainline theaddress

of the selected interpreter routine is

pushed onto the stack along with a

preset status. A 6502RTI instruction is

executed, transferring control to tl1'epro-

per module entry.

It is the responsibility of each module

to correctly interpret all op-codes which

result in a call to that module. Each

module is constructed as a subroutine.returning control to the mainline ~ia an

RTS.This also enables certain modules

to be used as subroutines by othermodules. Abrief look at themodules andtheir support subroutines will hel J to il-

lustrate their functions.

MOV. Whileencompassing the largest

number of op-codes of anymodul«, MaV

has perhaps oneof the simplest tasks. It

merely takes the content of the m'~isterindicated bythe source index and ~toresit in the register pointed to II~the

destination index. Nocondition fHgSinthe PSW(Processor Status Word)eireaf-

fected. The only slight complicationwhether the destination is memJry, in


which case the HL register pair is usedas an indirect pointer tostore the resultin memory.

INXlDCX.This module must increment

or decrement a selected register pair.The least significant bit of the destina-

tion index is tested to determine

whether the instruction is an increment

or a decrement instruction. The bit is

then dropped and what remains is an in-

dex to the proper register pair-except

for the cases of 33 HEX and 3B HEXwhen the Stack Pointer is the register

pair of interest. Inthese cases, the pro-

per index for the Stack Pointer is substi-

tuted.

With the proper index set, a call is

madeto INCDEC.INCDECis a 16bit ad-

der designed to add two zeropage16bit

operands. With the 6502's X and Y In-

dexes properly set at the entry to this

support routine, the content of adoubleprecision one (0001 HEX) or a double

precision minus one (FFFF HEX)is add-

ed to the chosen register pair, perform-ing the increment or decrement.

The proper register pair is selected in

the samefashion for the DADand LXIin-

structions also.

INR, OCR,MVI. Theseinstructions are

very consistent in their use of the

destination index for determining which

register (or memory as thecasemay be)

they operate on. INRand OCRhavetheadded complication of modifying the

PSWcondition bits, with the exceptionof the 8080Carry.

Rotates. This is amixture of quite dif-ferent instructions lumped into onemodule. Proper execution depends on

separating the Rotate instructions from

the DAA, STC, CMC and CMA instruc-

tions, providing special logic for eachand insuring the proper setting of PSWflags.

PUSH/POP. While handling register

pairs somewhat like INX, DCX,DADand

LXI do, these instructions differ in

substituting a register pair madeup ofthe 8080 Accumulator and PSW for theStack Pointer. The simulator handles

this by looking for the special caseand

thendecrementing thedestination indexto theproper position. TheStack Pointer

is then incremented or decremented ap-

propriately and the register pair data

transferred to or from the stack as re-quired.

Several support routines come into

play, including INCDEC and variousroutines for transferring the content of

register pairs between each other and

memory. An intermediate register pair

(not illustrated) is utilized as a tem-porary storage location during the ex-

change of register pairs. I've labeled it

simply "SCR", though I believe it bearsanactual hardwareanalog in the8080inthe form of a hidden register pair, tem-porary registers Wand Z.

September, 1979



NOP RL C XX L S I I D M RA L XT N N C V

[>( I 0 X R R I DAA X[>(

R

XTC

MOV

r;;lADD

SU B

ANA

ORA

JMpI---

R P J OUT C P I R RE 0 M I--- A U M S ET P P IXTHL L S M T T

I""- L H E

DI D

B e D E

B

D

H

M

B

D

H

M

H Z

H e

PO

NS

CALL and RETURN. These also

manipulate the stack, using it as a

storage location for the content of theProgram Counter. Thesame set of sup-

port routines areused toget thetransfer

address from memory (for the CALL in-struction) and to movedata to and from

the stack memory. RST is treated like a

CALL instruction, except that thetransfer address is computed from the

destination field of the op-code rather

than taken from memory, Conversely,JUMP gets its transfer address from

memory, but does not save any return

address onthe stack.

Condition Codes. CALL, RET, andJMPall makeuseof a subroutine called

CONDIT.CONDITexamines the destina·

tion index derived from the op-codeandsubdivides it into.a condition index and

a True/False indicator bit. The index is

used to select a PSWbit mask from a

J

table of masks. Thesemasks align with

theappropriate bit in thePSW.Basedon

thestateof theselected PSWbit and theTrue/Falseindicator bit, CONDITreturns

an indication of whether or not the JMP,CALL, or RETshould take place.

September, 1979

H

~LS~

AB eM D E H M

D

A .

D

M

V

I

LoA

D

D

eX

I

N

R

D

eR

ADC

SB B

X R A

. : m r z

J I R C

M M S

P M T PE

E, :?HL D s

8080 Instruction Set :iagram"X"s = Unimplemen' I~d

A

RRC C

E

L

CMC A

C

E

L

A

J!<)

I N T E PS W A M

L H

E D

C B

SPL SPH

FQ

Pet PCH

8080 ;3imulator Register Map

MICRO- The8502Joulnal 16:55



Arithmetic and Logic. These lnstruc-

tions occupy the third quadrant of the in-

struction set. Rather than being grouped

vertically by their source fields they are

grouped horizontally by their destination

fields. This is due to the fact that while

they may have different sources of data,

they all have one implied destina-

tion-the 8080 Accumulator. The CMP

instruction is the only one of this group

which does not place its results in the

Accumulator. It merely discards theresult, setting only the PSW flags accor-

dingly. This is accomplished by forcing

the destination index to point to a scrat-chpad location.

Probably one of the most difficult

things to simulate successfully is the

proper setting of the Processor Status

Word. Different instruction groups at-fect different subsets of PSW flags but

the Arithmetic and Logic group affect all

the flags. Zero, Sign and Parity flags are

always affected as a group. A routine

called STATUS sets these three flags

simultaneously when a result is passed

to it. Carry and Auxilliary Carry arehandled separately as they may be at-fected in isolation by some instructions

and not affected at all by others.

Special Features. For the purpose of

using the simulator as a debugging tool,

I chose to trap unimplementec op-

codes. When the 8080 Simulator deter-

mines that the current instruction is an

illegal op-code it forces a jump t o the

system monitor. This can be used: 0 ad-

vantage as a simple type of breakpoint.

Alternately, a table of breakpoint ad-

dresses may be set up in memory. After

each instruction, the 8080 Pregram

Counter is compared to each address in

the breakpoint table. If a match is t . iund,

a jump is forced to the system monitor.This makes it possible to step from

breakpoint to breakpoint, seeinq the

result of groups of steps rather than only

individual steps.

110 Instructions. 110 is also handled

via a table of addresses. Each ertry in

the table is the address of a port n the

6502 system. The entries in the tatle are

associated with 8080 ports in sequential

ascending order. Setting of the Data

Direction Register, as in a 6530 FlO, is

handled transparently to the user.

Call 65. I have "borrowed" one rf the8080's unimplemented op-codes for a

special purpose function-calling 6502

subroutines from an 8080 prograrr . This

enables you to use existing system I/O

routines and other utilities. All tha: is reo

quired is to add brief header and .rallerroutines to transfer the required para-meters to and from simulator registers

and 6502 registers used by the sub-

routine. The CALL 65 instruction may

also be useful fothandlinq time depen·

dent code segments.

Summary

Modeling one microprocessor with

another is a technique which provides

many potential benefits. It has certain

significant drawbacks, most notable of

which is a large penalty in execution

speed. These drawbacks, however, are

not of paramount importance in a large

number of applications in instructional,

personal and experimental use.

Designing such a simulator involves

tradeoffs between the complexity and

quantity of the coding required for the

task on one hand, and the features and

execution speed of the final product on

the other. Ichose to minimize the quanti·

ty of code, emphasizing commonality of

functions within the simulator.

Simulators for the 8080 and Cosmac

1802 microprocessors are available from

the author inversions designed to run onthe Commodore/MOS Technology KIM·1.

Thanks to Gary Davis for his generoussupport in the form of access to his 8080system and his assistance in runningcomparison tests. IA

16:56

MANUSCRIPT COVER SHEET

~~~~~(!JMlease enter all of the information requested on this cover sheet:

Date Submitted: '-- _

Author(s) Name(s) Telephone: ---------

(To be published exactly as entered) (This will NOT be published)

Mailing Address:(This will be published) _

AUTHOR'S DECLARATION OF OWNERSHIP OF MANU·

SCRIPT RIGHTS: This manuscript is my/our original work and

is not currently owned or being considered for publication by

another publisher and has not been previously published in

whole or in part in any other publication. I/we have written per-

mission from the legal owner(s) to use any illustrations,

photographs, or other source material appearing in this manu-

script which is not my/our property. If required, the manu-

script has been cleared for publication by my/our employer(s).

Note any exceptions to the above (such as material has been

published in a club newsletter but you still retain ownership)here:

Signature(s): Date:. _

Any material for which you are paid by Micro Ink, Incorporated,

whether or not it is published in MICRO, becomes the ex-

clusive property of Micro Ink, Incorporated, with all rights

reserved.

A FEW SUGGESTIONS

All text should be typewritten using double or triple spacing

and generou" left and right margins. Figures and illustrations

should be drawn neatly, either full size or to scale, exactly as

they will app ear in MICRO. Photographs should be high con-

trast glossy prints, preferably with negatives, and program

listings shor Id be machine generated hard copy output in

black ink on -vhite paper. Assembly language program lisHngs

need not becf especially high quality, since these are normally

re-qenerated inthe MICRO Systems Lab, but they must include

object code as a check against typographical errors.

Since other ~IICRO readers will becopying your program code.

please try to test your program thoroughly and ensure that is

is as free from errors as possible. MICRO will pay for programlistings, figUi es and illustrations, in addition to the text of an

article; howe fer, MICRO does not normally pay fo r figures that

must be re-d: awn o r fo r p ro gra ms that must be re-keyboarded

in order to obtain a high contrast l isting. Any program should

include a re e sonable amount of commentary, of course, and

the com men s should be part of the source code ra ther than

explanations added to the listing. .

Send your m muscrlpts to:

MICRO, 1-.0. Box 6502, Chelmsford, MA 01824, U.S.A.




LEADERIN

c om pUTER EDUCATION

INTRODUCES THE 6502 SERIES

PlOGlAmmlNG THE 6502

B y Rodney Zaks

320 pp, ret C202 510.95

An introductory programming

text for the 6502. Does not

require any prior programming

knowledge. From arithmetic

to interrupt-driven input-output

techniques. It hos been de-

signed as a progressive, step

by step course, with exercises

inthe text designed to test the

reader at every step.

6502 GAmES

B y Rodnay Zaks

retG402 513.95

From Piano to tic tac toe, in-

cluding many popular games,

and how to program your own.

To be published.

6502APPUCAnONS BOOK

6502 APPLICATIONS BOOK

byRodney Zaks275 pp, ret D302 512.95

Presents a series af practical

(hardware & software) appl icc-

tions for any 6502 board.

Applications can be used as

experiments - or implemented

at minimal cost. A few ex-

amples: marse generator, elec-

tronic piano, digital clock,

home alarm systems, traffic

controller .... and more!

TO ORDER

.yphone: 415848~233, Visa, M.C.,

American Express.

ly .... ll: Include payment.

Shlppl . .. char_: add 65C per book

4th class - allow 4weeks - or S 1.50

per book for U. P . S. Over eece add

S3.00 per book.

Tax: inCalifornia add tax.

AVAILABLE AT BOOKSTORES. COMPUTER. AND

ELECTRONIC SHOPS EVERYWHERE

82020 Milvia Street

Berkeley. CA 94704Tel415 848-8233 Telex 336311

,"- POSITION _

COMPANY _

ADDRESS . _

CITY STATE/ZIP

Ocharge my: OVisa OM.C. OAmerican Express

OC202 OD302 OG402

Number Exp. date _

Signature

MM OSend Free Catalogue

DISt: DRIVE WOES? PRINTER INTERACTION?

MEMORY LOSS? ERRATIC OPERATION?

DON'T BLAME THE SOFTWARE!

' ~ . ' "~~- ISO-1

e\)'~I

~0-2

Power Line Spikes, Surges & Hash could be the culprit!

Floppies, printers, memory & processor often interact!

Our ur ique ISOLATORS eliminate equipmen t interaction

AND curb damaging Power Line Spikes, Surges and Hash,

·ISOLATOR uso-t Al 3 filter isolated 3-prang sackets;

integri. Surge/Spike Suppression; 1875 WMaximum load,

1 KW lead any ..tEet t54 .•·ISOlATOfIlfaG-211 tiher isolated 3-prflfl!l sacbt banks;

(: 5 sochets totall; in1llgral Spike/Surge Suppression;

1875 nMax load. 1KWeither bank . . . . . .. $54.95

*SUPER ISOlATOR (lS()'31, similar to ISO-1A

ex~ept double filtering 8. Suppression . . .. $79.95

·ISOLATOR (lSO-41. similar to ISO-1A except

unit has 6 individually filtered sockets. .. $93.95

·ISOLATOR (ISO-51, similar to ISO-2 except

unit has 3 socket banks. 9 sackets total .. $76.95·CIRCUIT BREAKER, any model (add-CBI Add $ 6.00

·CKT BRKR/SWITCH/PILOT any model

(-C:JSI Add $11.00

• PHONE ORDERS 1-617-655-1532 _,

lEllElectronic Specialists, Inc.171 South Main Street. Natick. Mass. 01760

Dept.M'

It ....§..l l Y r s C R , ~ ( S r n ( ~

• U T I L IT Y PA C I I •• • • • • •

• CH ECKB OOK UPDATE TO DOSA N EXE C FI LE WR I T ES OV ER YOU R C H E CK B OO K

PRO GRA M T O A UT O M A T I C AL L Y U PD A T E I T T O D O S• I NlEX FI LE UPDATE

AU T O M A T ES B I S H O P'S I N D EX FI L E

• FI ~D CONTROL CHARACTERWI LL D I SPLA Y CO NT R OL CH A RA C T E RS ON A NY

C A T A LO G O R PRO GRA M L I S T I N G

• SLeW LI STFU LL S T OP & S T AR T C O NT RO L WI T H E XI T . WO RK SWI T H APPL E SO FT O R I N T EGER B A S I C

• LI ST H EADERSPU T H E A D E RS ON YOU R L I S T I N GS WI T H NO LI N E

NU M B E ~ S O R R E M S T A T E M EN T S . A P I I

• AU10 WRIT E• AU10 WRI TE INST RUCTIONS

US E EXEC FI L E S T O APPE N D, A D D S UB R OU T I N ES ,

OR E D I T PRO GR A M S . C O NV ER T I NT E GE R T O APPL E -

S OFT . D EL ET E I L LE GAL LI N E N UM B ER S E T C . E T C .

• EXEC READERR EA D S T EXT FI L ES FO R A B OV E

• DISC SPACEC OM PL E T E L Y WR I T T EN I N APPL E SO FT . WOR KS

I N 3 S EC O ND S . GI V E S FRE E SE C T O RS A ND B YT E S

WI TH LI ST IN GS AND D ocu MEN TAT ION, PRI CE $ 1 9 . 9 5• • • • • • • • • • D I S C M A NA G ~ N T S Y ST E M • • • • • • • • • •E I GH T PRO GR A M S ON D I S K T O PR O VI D E T H E U S E R WI T H A

C OM PLE T E UN D ER S T A ND I N G OF T H E D I SK D R I V E C O M M A N D S

PLU S A U T I L I T Y PA CK AGE T O I N D E X & C A T A GO R I Z E A LL

PRO GR A M S WR I T T EN FO R T H E A PPLE I I C O MPU T E R. T H E

S YS T EM PRO V I D ES FU LL S E AR CH , E D I T I N G A ND D A T AT RA NS FE R C AP AB IL IT IE S.

A T WE NT Y-S I X PAGE B OO KL E T PRO VI D ES D E T A I LE D,E DU C A T I O N AL T E QU NI Q UE S GI V I N G A T H RO UGH UN DE R S T A N D -

I NG O F T H E D OS CO M M A ND S .

SYS T E M RE QU I RE M E N T S : D I S K I I ~ A PPLE S OFT T A PE O R RO M

PRI C E $ 19. 95 O N D I SK FO R E I T H E R O F A B O VE(PROCES S ED & S H I PPE D WI T H I N 4 D AYS)

S E ND C H E C K O R M ON EY OR DE R T O:

a i l eS O F T O U ' C H

P. O. B O X 511L E OM I N S T E R, M A S S . 014 53



GAMES OF HIGH ADVENTURE

FOR THE APPLE II FROM

SYNERGISTIC SOF1WARE

5221 120th Ave, S.E.

Bellevue, WA 98006

The Apventure games combine the exciting graphics andsou nd effects capabi Iities of the APP LE IIw ith the fas-cinating complexity of a mythical adventure game.Monsters, hazards. obstacles , weapons, magical devicesand evil powers confront the player at every turn asyou gather treasure and try to reach your goal. Twoadventures are now avai lable:

DUNGEON CAMPAIGN· Full color graphicssubterranean adventure. 16K required.

CASS, $12.50 DISK $15.00

WILDERNESS CAMPAIGN - HIRES graphicssurface adventure. 48K required.

CASSo $15.00 DISK $17.50

GET BOTH ON ONE DISK FOR $30.00

(WA Res. add 5.3% sales tax)

Put Yourself in Control with the__ _ A PP L£THHO TTLE

That's right! The APPIETHROTTLE willtumyour game paddles into a speed controUer.

Bysimplypushing a button, you can stopyour computer for as long.as you wantRelease the button, and your computerenters a slow-motion mode withonepaddle controlling the speed. And if thatisn't enough, look at these additionalfeatures:

• Plugs intoany slot

• Works withmachine language, IntegerBASIC,and Applesoft

• Normal· slow· stop

• Use to UST, TRA.CE,RUN,etc.

• NO SOFTWARE to load=APPLETHROTTLE .....• Unveilprogram secrets

And there's more! No more multiple UST commands toviewsmallprogramsections. With the APPlETHROTTLE, you'll be able to list or trace longprograms whilewatching your program flowin slow-motion. So get in controlwiththe APPlETHROTTLE and order yours today!

PROTOBOARD,with over 1300

holes on 0.1 centers for designingyour own circuits.APB.1 Protoboard .... $17.95

APPLETIME,a RealTime Oockforthe Apple II.Plugs directlyinto anyslot and keeps time even whencomputer is off. Features 12/24

Hour, BCD/ASCIIdata format, andAC/Crystal time base selection.Includes software examples formachine language and BASIC pro-grams. Completely assembled andtested.

APT·1 RealTime Oock $79.95

VERBATIM5W' DISKETTES

Sof t ·Sec to r Bo x of 10... $34.50(plastic Hie case included)

. . . . ._ - _ _ _ ,------,_ _ --:

M~ 'RE I N N O V A T I O N S !F R O M

P.S'I SOFTWARE HOUSEFORM ERLYPE T S H A CK

PETTI< INTERFACESNE .....!

PET toC I IITRONICS INTERFACE

PET to 2r jCASSETTE INTERFACE

$9aOO

549.95

PETTI<SCHEMATICSFOR ONI , $24.95 YOU GET:

24" X 30 - ;chemat iG of the CPU board, p lus oversi zed schemat ics of the V ideoMonitor, 1"1 cj Tape Recorder, p lus complete Pa rts layout· all accuralely and

pains taku ~Iy drawn to the minutes t detai l.

P ET" " R 'O M ROU TIN ESFOR ONI l$19.95 YOU GET:

CompletE I li sassembty l ist ings o f al l 7 ROMS, p lus ident if ied sub rou tine en trypoints; Vi, "'0 Monitor, Keyboard routine, Tape Record and Playback routine, Real

Tlrne Cl o h, etc. To entice you we arealso includingour own Machine LanguageMonrtor pegram for your PET using .the keyboard and video display.You can I av e the Monitor program on cassette for only $9.95 extra.

SOFTWARE:6502 o rs 'SSEMBLER $'2.95

MAILING .1ST- For personal or business applications. $9.95

MACHINI I,ANGUAGEMONITOR· WriteMachine Code. Saveontape $9,95

BUDGET flEW - Keep.treck ct Bills and Checks. Updateasneeded $14.95

STAATREc. All-time favorite written for the PET'sspecial Geaotucs $7.95

Sen< J>rourfree SOFTWARE BROCHURE. Dealer inquiries welcome.

P.S. SOFTWARE HOUSE

P.O.eux 966 Mishawaka,IN46544

.1 Tel: (219) 255-3408 C iC i........ __ 0 =:=-. : :=.=: . . ' * : ' : . ._•• ._.._ 0 .;

1 B J

TEXTCASTTUI ~Iyour PET into a WORD PROCESSOR

cor iparable to large systems for a fractionof t ie cost!

CF:EATE-REVIEW·EDIT FILESO~I TAPES OR DISKS

PF NT TEXT·LETTERS-FORMS-TABLES

TE ;(TCAST FITS YOUR PETsv :3TEM, OLD AND NEW ROMS

CLEAR INSTRUCTIONS!

Pri. HS: Tape plus manual, $60.Diskette plus manual, $65.Manual separately, $20.

Wri : ' : ! : TEXTCAST M9P.O. Box 2592CHAPEL HILL, N.C. 27514



Writing for MICRO

Who writes for MICRO? Subscribers just likeyourself! How does one go about it? Read on!

The kind of material published in

MICRO can be broken down into three

general categories: application notes

describing hardware or software pro-

jects, tutorials conveying general infor-

mation about specific subjects, and re-

views presenting informed opinion. The

division into categories is not hard and

fast; one easy way to get published is to

write a piece whose very novelty defies

categorization. Yet most articles pub-

lished in MICRO and other magazines

describe a project, or a concept, or a pro-

duct, and can be labelled accordingly.

The label serves a purpose by remin-

ding the writer that abstract theory may

be out of place in an application des-

cription; working laboratory projects

may detract from a tutorial; and opinion,

the mainstay of reviews, is alien to bothother forms.

This article is a tutorial on the subject

of wr iting technical articles. It illustrates

how most anyone can write a piece that

will be received gratefully by any number

of magazines, including MICRO, and it

explains exactly why one would want to

do so. Because it is a tutorial, and not an

application note, it will not present step

by step instructions that could be ex-

ecuted in sequence, with the usual back-

tracking and microbe debugging, to pro-

duce a working (publishable) project. If it

did, about ten thousand readers wouldpromptly deluge MICRO with drafts of

essential ly ident ical manuscripts.

Insteacl, we will examine each ol thethree forms of technical prose, describe

some easy ways to get started, mention

a few techniques that may t E applied

along the way, and encouraqe you to

rush the result directly to M1CF.O.

Application notes

Many personal computers are much

like the t - f . o . railroad train toys of two

decades ago: expensive inljlJlgences

that occupy a few delightful hours on

Christmas day and spend thu next six

months gathering dust on a closet shelf.

A decent model railroad used to run bigbucks, what with engines and cars and

lots of track segments, tur riels andcrossings. and enough plastic rle brake-

men to simulate teatherbeddlnq.

Yet once assembled, it served onlyone useful purpose. Like model trains,the personal computer may provide little

more than entertainment the di{ it is un-

packed and assembled. It ca 1 play all

kinds of Ilames, and play most of them

exceedingly well. It comes complete

with a formidable library of rscreatlcnalsoftware. Whether any individual

machine ever rises above recreatlonalapplications depends entirely upon the

dilligence and ingenuity of its cwner.

This explains why many proqiarnrnlnq

buffs scorn "personal COlT puters."Quite a few data processin J profes-

sionals actually eschew the turrn itself,

September, 1979 MICRO - The 8502 Joumal

Shawn Spilman

Box 6502Chelmsford, MA 01824

perhaps because there is little that is

personal in computing and less that is

computational in pure and simple

gamesmanship. The measure of any

computer lies in its ability to implement

true data processing applicat ions.

Recreation is a legi timate applicat ion,

of course, but no one doubts that per-

sonal computers can be recreational.

The question is, "Can they be applied to

other problems?" Can they afford eco-

nomical, effective solutions to the

classical problems of data manage-

ment? Can they admit to new applica-

tions reflecting the unsolved problems

raised by recent technology?

We suspect that the answer is a re-sounding yes, and we can demonstrate

this by describing applications that are

served by personal computers. Each ap-

plication implemented successfully en-

hances the versatility of the machine

that was used to perform the task and,

perhaps more important, each makes

the next application ali that much easier

to implement.

A 6502 application note will benefit

the entire 6502 community if it descr ibes

the solution to an open problem or an

application never before implemented

on a particular machine. Beneficial ar-

ticles might also report new or unusual

approaches to problems that have beensolved using different methods. The

novelty, general applicability, and over-

all ellegance of the solution are quite im-

portant because, after all, brand new ap-

plications that solve open problems are

very rare.

It is easy to write an article that

describes a computer application. This

is fortunate because the application is

not fully implemented until it has been

described in writing. An application note

should describe the problem that was

solved, the method of solution, and the

implications of the method. It should

answer the questions: "What?" and "So

what?"

It is impossible to overrate the value

of a problem description. Serious com-

puter scientists are constantly refining

their ability to evaluate problems, assign

them to categories or classes, distin-

guish those solved in the past from

those that remain open, separate the

easy from the difficult, generalize the

solution to other applications, and ex-

tract specific techniques that might

serve well in future projects.

16:59



This skill derives from exposure to

problems, as well as solutions. Sostatethe problem clearly. Describe the situa-

tion that caused the problem. Indicate

its analogs in related situations. Outlineprevious attempts to solve the problem,

and mention the measure of their sue-cess or the reason for their failure.

You will only have to deal with your

solution once, now that it is fully im-

plemented, yet whether you aredescrib-ing a simple memory test routine or a

mind boggling speech synthesizer, yet

another fast Fourier transform or thefirst algorithm to play a competitive

game of GO, you will undoubtedly en-counter your problem over and over

again. Few people understand the prob-

lemas well as youdo, now that youhavesolved it once. Takethe time todescribeit well, sothat youand everyoneelsewill

recognize all of its manifestations.

The problem solution is most often a

program or a piece of logic. Softwaresolutions and hardware solutions have

much incommon. Most interesting prob-

lems admit to solutions of either type.

The best presentation of a softwaresolution reproduces aworking source of

the actual computer program; that is,

theassembler or compiler output listing0( aprogram that was loaded and tested

thoroughly immediately after assemblyor compilation.

Listings that were transcribed orrnanually corrected imply that the per-

son who made the copy or revision is

less prone to error than the computer.The entire article is likely to beviewed

with the samescepticism anyonewould

accord this implication. As a rule, let thecomputer generate the program listing.

It goes without saying that any pro-

gram worth coding is worth commen-ting. Or does it? The first self explana-tory computer program remains to bewritten. If and when it finally appears,

odds arethat it will contain comments.

The program description is perhaps

the least important part of an applica-tion note. The program is right there,

after all, cleanly coded and with ample

commentary. The big question,"What?", has beenanswered bythepro-blem description and the source listing.

Authors stress program descriptionsbecausethey provideaneffective mech-

anism for answering the question, "So

what?" The description illustrates whyan application is deserving of study. Itpoints out noteworthy aspects of thedesigner's methodology, perspective or

approach. It identifies techniques thatmay be generalized to solve other pro-

blems. Inmuch thewayamap enhances

appreciation of unfamiliar terrain, it un-

covers pitfalls, highlights the points O.finterest, and distinguishes one parti-

16:60

cular application from the varletv ofsimilar programs that almost always ex-

ist as equivalent solutions. Is yourmemory test routine anydifferent [roma

thousand others written since Baboaqenamed the game? If so, the proqrarndescription is theplacetopoint th isout.

A hardware application note "'fi I re-quire a logic schematic in lieu of a pro-

gram listing, block diagrams in place of

flowcharts, pin out lists instead cf call-

ing sequences, and perhaps a photo-graph. That photo might not providemuch hard and fast information, but it

relates your article to the real wOII<l.

Schematics and block dlaqrarns are

almost always drawnbyhandand, tl,ere-

fore, susceptible to errors no proof-reader will ever catch. Unlike so!t-varedesigners, whose computer gen'31ated

source listings instill a measure of

reader confidence, the hardwaredesigner must rely onmanual reproduc-

tion techniques to express his im-

plementation. That extraneous photo isone exception to this rule. Like com-

puters, cameras might not alwavs tell

the truth, but they nevermakemistakes.

Tutorials

A tutorial is a short, complete andentertaining explanation of a technical

subject. Unlike application notes,

tutorials need not describe operationalprograms or projects that may becon-

structed to perform useful tasks. AI·

though they may include program seg-

ments or circuit details, byway of illus-

tration, tutorials present techniques forsolving general problems, instead, andavoid specific problem solutions.

The subject of a tutorial must be

selected carefully to resolvethe confl let-

ing demands of brevity and complete'ness. A single chip, such as the 6522 or6532, might makea good subject. Amaojor subsystem, such as avideodriver or

a tape 110package, might be too corn-plex to describe insufficient detail. The

general subject of subroutine calling se·

quences would make a good tutorial;however, the subject of floating pointmath packages is much too broad.

Becauseof its limited size, a tutorial

may employ writing techniques that are

not appropriate in other types of




1?L~~

f?tJ[p

/'--I/

/

technical prose. Useof the first person

is common, for example, and casual orvernacular writing may be effective.

Thesetechniques help makethe tutorial

entertaining, fun to read; their usegives

tutorials a big advantage over longer

technical articles, which can tend to berather dull.

Of course, a tutorial must present

more than warmed over material from

the manufacturer's documentation or a

clever rehash of material excerpted from

a textbook. Like any other form of writ-ing, its impact depends upon theauthor's originality. Here again, careful

selection of subject and perspective is

the key to success. A fresh, innovative

point of view applied to the right topic

yields a tutorial that will practically writeitself.

Analogy is aneffective technique that

sets tutorials apart from run of the mill

technical documentation. Virtually all

significant hardware and software pro-blems haveanalogs outside of computer

science. Textbooks cannot develop

analogies for morethan afew aspects ofthe material they treat without ranging

far afield. Yet the tutorial, becauseof its

limited scope, responds perfectly to the

useof analogy.

Historical perspective is another

useful trick. Ageneral solution is only as

September, 1979

interesting as the general proorern it

solves, and thetutorial provides an idealformat for discussion of problems, as

well as solutions.

Innovativemodelling can also payoff,

to the extent that it is effective; but this

little trick is fraught with risk. Theauthorwho devises his own paradlqrn has

guaranteed originality and H fresh

perspective right off the bat. If themodelis effective, he might just become as

famous as Hollerith with punched cards;Baudot with character codes; or Hamm-

ing, whosesimpleconcept of "di stance"sold thousands of books. However, if the

model is not effective, the tutorial fails.

It is as simple as that, and the-eis no

middle ground, but perhaps someone

will print that questionable model as a

humerous bit of satire.

Thewriting style matters, ina tutorial,

because virtually identical info.rmation

is available from manyother sources. Dr.DeJong's application note in this issue

provides the only description of an AIMNotepad you will find anywhere; in con-

trast, there are countless artic:les on

evensuch anunlikely tutorial subject aswriting articles. If you survived that

freshman English composition course,

enough said. But if youopted ins:ead fora tensor calculus elective, sorre com-

mon senseguidelines will makeawhole

lot of difference.

MICRO - The 6502 Jeurna]

Short sentences win big. Usefirst per-

son, present tense, active voice. Avoidany grammatical construction you can't

identify by name. Resist all impulse to

employ parentheses, quotation marks,

footnotes or dashes. Andwhen indoubt

triple spacethemanuscript, leaving you;

editor plenty of room to ply his trade.

If you ever wanted to write a book of

nonfiction, a tutorial is really the ideal

place to start. It only takes a few idle

evenings, it requires a format inwhich it

is difficult to bog down, and you canalways useit as Chapter 27of your hard-

cover best seller. Besides, what couldprovide more motivation than your first

royalty check? That check is only five

typewritten pages away.

Reviews

MICRO has published very few pro-

duct reviews, in the past, largely be-

cause of uncertainty about how reviews

should be solicited, prepared and pre-

sented. MICROwill publish many more

software, hardware and book reviews infuture issues. This is how weplan togoabout it.

All product reviews must besolicitedbythemagazine. MICROwill not publish

a review that simply shows up in the

mail, because the act of writing an un-

solicited review implies that the author

has strong feelings about the product,

one way or another, else hewould nothavetroubled to prepare anunsolicited

manuscript.

The product must be submitted for

review by themanufacturer. This is only

fair, becausea reviewer should feel free

to make negative comments, and a

manufacturer should be able to enjoy

his monthly MICROwithout encounter-

ing those negativecomments complete-

ly unexpectedly.

Themanufacturer of a product, or the

author of a book or program, must re-

ceive a copy of the review, prior to pub-lication. Although manufacturers will

not havethe right tomodify or suppress

unfavorable reviews, they will beableto

make comments or rebuttals and offeradditional insights that the reviewer

might havemissed.

Software and books submitted for

review will become the property of the

reviewer. Hardwarewill beprovided, andthe reviewer will havethe option of pur-

chasing this hardware at dealer cost.

What's In it for me?

More and more frequently, of late,manuscripts have arrived from writers

who wished to retain exclusive owner-

ship of their articles. MICRO has re-

ceived copyrighted manuscripts, and afew authors havedeclined to fill out theominously worded MScover sheet.

16:61



Any piece of text can be copyrightedsimply by writing "copyrighted by", andyour name, and the date, and the magicsymbol ©, somewhere near the front ofthe text. You can copyright your article,your computer program, your life story,or your laundry receipt. It is notnecessary to hire a lawyer and send Un-cle Sam a draft.

Now, your article remains your article

whether it is copyrighted or not, andplagiarism of uncopyrighted material isplagiarism none the less. However, ifyour article is copyrighted, this meansthat it cannot be Xeroxed, it cannot bequoted at length, it cannot be trans-cribed or typeset, and it cannot beprinted in any magazine. There is nopoint in sending a copyrighted article toMICRO, unless you think the editor willenjoy reading it, because enjoy it isabout all he can do.

MICRO is a business, like any othercorporation, that tries to earn a profitpurchasing raw materials, adding valueby incorporating these materials into a

marketable commodity, and selling thecommodity. Articles comprise the rawmaterials; the magazine is the final pro-duct. The added value consists ofediting, typesetting, proofing, paste-up,illustration, program listing generation,Pfinting, distribution, and all the otheractivities that make Chelmsford onefrightfully busy place to work.

This means that if you want to retainexclusive ownership of your article, andyou also want to share it with others byprinting it in MICRO, the hard facts oflife require you to request an advertisingrate card.

When you submit an article for publi-cation, the editor and publisher collabor-ate with you to produce a piece that re-flects substantial effort on both sides.YQ!Jre_cEil i'e_<!.nlnLti_<!.l__r_o_ya.ltyayment,based upon the size of the plece.Jn re-turn for the inspiration and effort youhave expended on its preparation.

You remain the author, and the articlewill never appear in print without yourbyline. You may receive addit ional pay-ments, called residuals, whenever the ar-ticle is reprinted or incorporated intoanother publication such as Best ofMICRO. Residuals are based on thesales of the auxiliary publication and

often exceed the original royalty pay-ment.

Your article will not De published byanyone except MICRO without your per-mission. In return, of course, you mustagree not to publish the article, on yourown, without MICRO's permission. Aswith most any magazine, MICRO wouldbe proud to see your article incorporatedinto your very own book, presented at aconference. or included in an anthology.

16:62

It appeared here first, after all, and lmlta-tion is a sincere, if unprofi table, form offlattery. Classic works of both fictlonand nonfiction have appearec inmC\gazinesprior to publication as books.

What if I don't get published?

Rejecting an article is the rnos: dif-ficult task any editor will be called rponto perform, especially when the copydeadline draws near and space remains

to be filled. The only common reasonsfor rejecting articles submittecl toMICRO are:

Too short

Nothing new

Incomplete

and, very rarely, just entirely too dif1icultto prepare for publication. These pi1fallsare surely easy enough to avoid. If yourarticle is at least one page long andreflects original work, it will be publ ish-ed. If it is incomplete, you will be askedto supply additional material prior topublication. This might involve answers

to questions that were raised and leftopen, comments to accompany programcode, or background information mostreaders would require.

Every so often an otherwise excellentmanuscript simply jams the productionmachinery. One author's draft stubborn-ly refused to pass through the copyingmachine. Another included several yardsof program listing, in a language theMICRO systems lab was not equipped to

reproduce, all printed using blue inkwhich is invisible to photographic plate-making equipment. By al l means avoidblue ink and electrostat ic copies. Moreto the point, take a minute and considerwhat is required to convert your manu-script into a magazine article. Have yousupplied the basic input required? If so,publication is all but guaranteed.

The editor wishes to thank these per-sons who contributed their thoughts andassistance: Keating Wilcox, Dann Mc-Creary, Dr. Marvin L . De Jong, Philip K.Hooper, Robert M. Tripp. Illustrations byBruce Conley.

~/'~Ij

I!




The Basic SwitcllMAttentton "Old" Pet1M Owners:

Not sure about the ROM Retrofit Kit from Commodore?Now you can use both sets of Commodore ROMs and others as well.

The Basic Switch allows switch selection of either ~OM set (your original set oryour retrofit set) from Commodore. Plus,Model 15-A includes an additional zero

insertion force socket allowing easy use of ROMs likHthe BASIC Programmer's Toolkit

...concurrently.

Modell4-E The economy model of The Basic Switch. Stand alone board andharness without case and case hardware. The free standing unit isready to accept your ROMs.

Modell4-D Same as Model14-E but includes ottractlve protective case andmounted Basic Swttch board.

Note that Model 14Series does not allow for expansion ROMs like the BASIC Pro-

grammer's Toolkit.Modell5-A The Basic Switch plus ... includes .expcnded cable assembly and

zero insertion force socket. Your 15th ~OM simply plugs in ...enabledwhile either ROM set isselected. SOCk'3t15may be readdressed bythe user for additional flexibility.

The Basic SwHch issold in assembled form only. All mccels are designed for easyattachment to your Pet with a convenient cable ossernbtv No soldering or drillingis required. The Basic Switch mates with a cable ossernblv at your primary board,and does not use ·the physical connectors of any PE~tports.

Model 15-A allows you to use the BASIC Programmer's Toolkit wi"thout "the need for

the additional $25.00 board or tying up your ports. And since we've designed

the 15th socket to bereaddressable, watch for mom ROM pacs later in the Fall.

The BaSic SwHch:

Modell4-E

Model 14·D

Model 15·A

S64.95

S77.95

$99.95

With installed ROMRetrofit Kit fromCommodore:

S149.95

S162.95

$.184.95

With BASICProgrammer's Ioolklt '

$149.95

Model15·A with installed ROM Retrofit and Basic Programmer's Toolkit: $229.95

Modell5-A with installed ROM Retrofit and both Toolkits: $274.95

"Old" Pets were shipped with 24 or 28 pin ROMs.You rnust check which you have,and specify at time of order.

The Basic Swttch 1M is a product of

SmaUSystem Services, Inc.900 Spring Gorden StreetGreensboro, North Carolina 27403"Telephone 919-272-4867

Pet1M isa trademark of Commodore BusinessMachines, Inc. of Santa Claro, Calif.The BASIC Programmer's Toolkit isa product of Palo Alto IC's,A Division of Nestar

Systems, Inc. North Carolina residents 6dd 4% sales tax. All orders odd $2.50 shipping.



Presents

Softw are and H ardw are for "our APPLE

SALES FORECAST provides the best forecast using the four

most popular forecasting techniques: linear regression, logtrend, power curve trend, and exponential smoothing. Neil D.

lipson's program uses artificial intelligence to determine thebest fit and displays all results for manual intervention. $9.95

CURVE FIT accepts any number of data points, distributed in

any fassion, and fits a curve to the set of points usinq log

curve fit, exponential curve fit, least squares, or a power curve

fit. It will compute the best fit or employ a specific type of fit,and display a graph of the result. By Dave Garson. $9.95

PERPETUAL CALENDAR may be used with or without aprinter. Apart from the usual calendar functions, it computes

the number of days between any two dates and displays suc-

cessive months in response to a single keystroke. Written byEd Hanley. $9.95

STARWARS is Bob Bishop's version of the original and best

game of intergallactic combat. You fire on the invader after

aligning his fighter in your crosshairs. This is a high resolutiongame, in full color, that uses the paddles. $9.95

ROCKET PILOT is an exciting game that simulates blasting offin a rocket ship. The rocket actually accelerates you up andover a mountain; but if you are not careful, you will run out of

sky. Bob Bishop's program changes the contour of the landevery time you play the game. $9.95

SPACE MAZE puts you in control of a rocket ship that youmust steer out of a maze using paddles or a joystick. It is a real

challenge, designed by Bob Bishop using high resolutiongraphics and full color. $9.95

MISSILE ANTI·MISSILE displays a target on the screen and a

three dimensional map of the United States. A hostile sub-marine appears and launches a pre-emptive nuclear attack

controlled by paddle 1. As soon as the hostile missile is fired,

the U.S. launches its anti-missile controlled by paddle O . DaveMoteles' program offers high resolution and many levels ofplay. $9.95

MORSE CODE helps you learn telegraphy by entering letters,words or sentences, in English, which are plotted on thescreen using dots and dashes. Ed Hanley's program also

generates sounds to match the screen display, at severaltransmission speed levels. $9.95

POLAR COORDINATE PLOT is a high resolution graphics

routine that displays five classic polar plots and also permits

the operator to enter his own equation. Dave Moteles' programwill plot the equation on a scaled grid and then flash a table of

data points required to construct a similar plot on paper. $9.95

UTILITY PACK 1 combines four versatile programs by Vince

Corsetti , for any memory conf igurat ion.

POSTAGE AND HANDLING

Please add $1.00 for the first item

and $.50 for each addit iona l item .

• Program s accepted for pub lica tion

• H ighest royalty paid

Int lqer to Applesoft conversion: Encounter only those

SYI tax errors unique to Applesoft after using this programto .onvert any Integer BASIC source.

• Di! k Append: Merge any two Integer BASIC sources into asir gle program on disk.

• Int lqer BASIC copy: Replicate an Integer BASIC program

fre TI one disk to another, as often as required, with a

sir gle keystroke.

• Ao nesott Update: Modify Applesoft on the disk to elimin·at e I he heading always produced when it is first run.

• Bir uy Copy: Automatically determines the length and

sts rinq address of a program while copying its binary filefre T, one disk to another in response to a single key·str rke. $9.95

BLOCK tl.DE lets two players compete by building walls to

obstruc t each other. An exciting game written in IntegerBASIC )l' Vince Corsetti. $9.95

TABLE 3ENERATOR forms shape tables with ease from direc-

tional \ ectors and adds additional information such as star-ting ad Iress, length and position of each shape. Murray Sum-

mers' f.oplesott program will save the shape table anywhere in

usable nemory. $9.95

OTHEL .0 may be played by one or two players and is similar

to ches s in strategy. Once a piece has been played, its color

may br reversed many times, and there are also suddenreverse; :JI luck. You can win with a single move. Vince Corset-ti's pro jrarn does all the work of keeping board details and

flippin~ pieces. $9.95

SINGLI DRIVE COPY is a special utility program, written byVince Corsetti in Integer BASIC, that will copy a diskette USing

only on 1drive. It is supplied on tape and should be leaded ontoa diske tie. It automatically adjusts for APPLE memory size

and sh: lid be used with DOS 3.2. $19.95

SAUCE R INVASION lets you defend the empire by shootingdown a flying saucer. You control your position with the pad-

dle wh IE~firing your missile at the invader. Written by BobBishop $9.95

HARDWARELIGHT 'EN with seven supporting routines. The light meter

takes ir tnnsitv readings every fraction of a second frem 0 to588. Th. light graph generates a display of light inteositv on

the scr ,en. The light pen connects points that have been

drawn c r the screen, in low or high resolution. and displaystheir cc ordinates. A special utility displays any number of

points cn the screen, for use in menu selection or games. andselects 1point when the light pen touches it. The package in-

cludes, light pen calculator and light pen TIC TAC TOE. Neil

D. lips, .n's programs use artificial intelligence and are notcontuse c by outside light. The hi-res light pen. only, requires

48K anc flOM card. $34.95TO ORDER

Send check or m oney order to:

P.O. B ox 273

Plym outh M eetin g, PA 19 462

PA residen ts add 6% sales tax.

U.S. and fore ign dealer an d d lstr lhum r inq uiries invited

All p rogram s require 16 K m em ory un less specified



305 Riverside Dri-ve. New York: N~Y. 1002-5

Quadruple your PET's graphic resolution. Why be

New Version stuck with the :~ET's cumbersome 25 x 40 1000 pointdisplay. With Graphics Pac you can directly control

(set and clear) 4000 points on screen. It's great for graphing, plotting, and gaming. GraphicsPac allows you to plot inany combination oftwomodes 4Quadrant graphing with (0,0) center

screen, and Standard graphing with (0,0) plotted inthe upper left hand corner. Completedocu-mentation shows howyou canmerge this useful routine with any ofyour ownprograms with-

out retyping either one! All this on a high quality Microsette for only $9.95.

A full featured assembler for your PETmicrocompu-ter that follows the standard set of 6502mnemonics.

Now you can take full advantage of the computingabilities ofyour PET.Store and load via tape, run through the SYSorUSR functions. List and

edit too with this powerful assembler. No other commercial PETassembler gives you all these

features plus the ability to look at thePET'S secret Basic ROMsall in one program. This valu-

able program is offered at $15.95.

An exciting flew simulation that puts you III

charge of a bicycle manufacturing empire. Juggleinflation, breakdowns, seasonal sales variations,

inventory, workers, prices, machines, and ad carnpatgns to keep your enterprise in theblack. Bike is dangerously addictive. Once you start a game you will not want to stop. To

allow you to take short rest breaks, Bike lets you store the data from your game on a tapeso you can continue where you left off next time you wish to play. Worth a million in fun,we'll offer BIKE at $9.95.

Dynamic usage of the PET's graphics featureswith sound! when combined with the fun of thenumber 1arcade

game equals a.naction packed video spectacle foryour computer. Bumpers. chutes. flippers, free balls, gates, a jackpot, and a little luckguarantee a great game for all. $9.95.

Give your PET a workout. This program reallyputs the PET'~:graphics to work. Super Doodle letsyou use the screen of your PET like a sketch pad.

Move a cursor in eight directions leaving a trail of any of the 256 charactrs the PET canproduce. New features include an erase key that automatically remembers your last fivemoves. a return to center key, and clear control. WllY waste any more paper, buy Super

Doodle for onlv $9.95.

Non stop excitement with a fast moving, highpaced version of your favorite video arcade racinggames. Shift up! Shift Down! Watch your gas, and

be careful on those hairpin turns. This dynamite tape has the two most common arcaderacing games specially adapted to run onyour PET computer. Driving Ace simulates anendless road packed with tight turns and gentle, but teasing, twists. Starting with fiftygallons of gas, how far can you go with a minimum of accidents? Grand Prix places youand your car on a crowded racing track. Race the clock and becareful steering· around thefast but packed Grand Prix track. $9.95

Dealer Rates On Request

Authors: Weoffer UNBEATABLE royalties



Soft:\Narefor the APPLE II

THE PLANETS S15 !t5

1 J J1 ... -

~~

I...I ' . .. ..I.•n-... . ,. . .,. u"

. . . . .liN-(roi U.r:I.

,,. .... Ill'll! kt'lll " . : I C0III1IInc". . })I!

ACTIVE FILTERS $24.95

STATE CAPITALS

FORMAT

PROGRAMMA ' , FORMAT (Version H I)

IS a command oriented lex t processor de-

signed to be fully compatible With PI E(PROGRAMMA Improved Editor).

FORMAT ' s system of Imbedded commands

(within the textl give It an ease of ooer-

a non similar to text formatters found on

some min r - compu t e r s .

FO RMAT features right marq: n jusufr-

cation, centering, page numbering, and

auto- par agr aph Indent.

The following commands ar e available

With FORMAT:

.ad Beqin adjusting fight margms

.bp n Begin page numbered n

.b r Cause a line break

.ce n Center n ex t n lines without fill

.f Start filling output lines

.fo r Foot title becomes t

.he t Head tl tie becomes t

.in n Indent n spaces trom left margin

.I! n Literal, next n unes are text

,II n l.m e length including Indent IS n

.ls n Set line spacing to n

.ml n Top spacing Including head title

.m2 n Spacinq after heading title

,m3 n Spaci ng before foot nne

.m4 n Bottom spacing includ Ing foot [I tie

.na Stop adjusting right margins

.nl Stop filling output lines

.pl n Page length is n lin es

.pp n Begin paragraph; .sp, .I:.. tl n

.so n Space down n lines, except at top

.n n Temporary Indent of n

.ul n Underline next n input lines

All orders inctude 3% postage Jnd handling.

Apple II 1\ a registered trademark 01 Apple

Computer , tnc.

Californ.a resodents add 6% Sales TaxVISA & MASTERCHARGE accepted.

l' «( A un u))) i

Ire.fUI· • I'DII'I .0..·n

SAUCER WAR $15.95

CANTE R DOWN$ $15.95

BATTLESTAR I $15.9"

LUN AR LAND ER 59.95

l I U J

Documents

Micro 6502 Journal September 1979